ENGINEERING TOMORROW

Programming Guide
VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

vlt-drives.danfoss.com
Contents Programming Guide

Contents

1 Introduction 3
1.1 How to Read This Programming Guide 3
1.2 Definitions 4
1.3 Electrical Wiring - Control Cables 8

2 Safety 12
2.1 Safety Symbols 12
2.2 Qualified Personnel 12
2.3 Safety Precautions 12

3 Programming 14
3.1 Local Control Panel Operation 14
3.1.1 Numeric Local Control Panel (NLCP) 14
3.1.2 The Right-key Function on NLCP 15
3.1.3 Quick Menu on NLCP 16
3.1.4 Main Menu on NLCP 18
3.1.5 Graphic Local Control Panel (GLCP) 20
3.1.6 Parameter Settings 21
3.1.7 Changing Parameter Settings with GLCP 21
3.1.8 Uploading/Downloading Data to/from the LCP 21
3.1.9 Restoring Default Settings with LCP 22
3.2 Basic Programming 22
3.2.2 PM Motor Set-up in VVC+ 23
3.2.3 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA) 24

4 Parameter Descriptions 25
4.1 Parameters: 0-** Operation and Display 25
4.2 Parameters: 1-** Load and Motor 37
4.3 Parameters: 2-** Brakes 49
4.4 Parameters: 3-** Reference/Ramps 51
4.5 Parameters: 4-** Limits/Warnings 57
4.6 Parameters: 5-** Digital In/Out 60
4.7 Parameters: 6-** Analog In/Out 70
4.8 Parameters: 7-** Controllers 73
4.9 Parameters: 8-** Communications and Options 78
4.10 Parameters: 9-** PROFIdrive 83
4.11 Parameters: 10-** CAN Fieldbus 83
4.12 Parameters: 12-** Ethernet 83
4.13 Parameters: 13-** Smart Logic Control 83
4.14 Parameters: 14-** Special Functions 90

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 1

Contents VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

4.15 Parameters: 15-** Drive Information 96

4.16 Parameters: 16-** Data Readouts 98
4.17 Parameters: 18-** Data Readouts 2 102
4.18 Parameters: 21-** Ext. Closed Loop 103
4.19 Parameters: 22-** Application Functions 105
4.20 Parameters: 30-** Special Features 107
4.21 Parameters: 31-** Special Option 107
4.22 Parameters: 32-** Motion Control Basic Settings 108
4.23 Parameters: 33-** Motion Control Adv. Settings 108
4.24 Parameters: 34-** Motion Control Data Readouts 110
4.25 Parameters: 37-** Application Settings 111

5 Parameter Lists 113

5.1 Introduction 113
5.2 Parameter Lists 116

6 Troubleshooting 136
6.1 Warnings and Alarms 136
6.1.3 Warning/Alarm Messages 136
6.1.4 Warning and Alarm Code List 137

Index 146

2 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Introduction Programming Guide

1 Introduction 1 1

1.1 How to Read This Programming Guide °C Degrees Celsius

°F Fahrenheit
1.1.1 Purpose of the Manual AC Alternating current
AEO Automatic energy optimization
This programming guide provides information about ACP Application control processor
controlling the frequency converter, accessing parameters, AWG American wire gauge
programming, and troubleshooting. AMA Automatic motor adaptation
The programming guide is intended for use by qualified DC Direct current
personnel who are familiar with the VLT® Midi Drive FC Electrically erasable programmable
280 frequency converter. EEPROM
read-only memory
Read the instructions before programming and follow the EMC Electromagnetic compatibility
procedures in this manual.
EMI Electromagnetic interference
VLT® is a registered trademark.
ESD Electrostatic discharge
ETR Electronic thermal relay
1.1.2 Additional Resources fM,N Nominal motor frequency
FC Frequency converter
Additional resources include: IGBT Insulated-gate bipolar transistor
• VLT® Midi Drive FC 280 Operating Guide, provides IP Ingress protection
the necessary information for getting the ILIM Current limit
frequency converter up and running. IINV Rated inverter output current
• VLT® Midi Drive FC 280 Design Guide, provides IM,N Nominal motor current
detailed technical information about the IVLT,MAX Maximum output current
frequency converter, customer design, and Rated output current supplied by the
IVLT,N
applications. frequency converter
Contact the local Danfoss supplier or go to Ld Motor d-axis inductance
drives.danfoss.com/knowledge-center/technical-documen- Lq Motor q-axis inductance
tation/ to download the documentation. LCP Local control panel
LED Light-emitting diode
1.1.3 Document and Software Version MCP Motor control processor
N.A. Not applicable
This manual is regularly reviewed and updated. All National Electrical Manufacturers
NEMA
suggestions for improvement are welcome. Table 1.1 shows Association
the document version and the corresponding software PM,N Nominal motor power
version. PCB Printed circuit board
PE Protective earth
Edition Remarks Software PELV Protective extra low voltage
version PWM Pulse width modulation
MG07C4 Update due to new software 1.6 Rs Stator resistance
version release. Regen Regenerative terminals
RPM Revolutions per minute
Table 1.1 Document and Software Version RFI Radio frequency interference
SCR Silicon controlled rectifier
SMPS Switch mode power supply
TLIM Torque limit
UM,N Nominal motor voltage
Xh Motor main reactance

Table 1.2 Abbreviations

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 3

 Introduction VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

1 1 1.2 Definitions
1.2.1 Frequency Converter

Coast
The motor shaft is in free mode. No torque on the motor.
IVLT,MAX
Maximum output current.
089
IVLT,N
Rated output current supplied by the frequency converter.
UVLT,MAX
Maximum output voltage.

1.2.2 Input
For compliance with the European Agreement concerning
Control commands
International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Inland
Start and stop the connected motor with the LCP and
Waterways (ADN), refer to the chapter ADN-compliant Instal-
digital inputs.
lation in the VLT® Midi Drive FC 280 Design Guide. Functions are divided into 2 groups.
The frequency converter complies with UL 508C thermal Functions in group 1 have higher priority than functions in
memory retention requirements. For more information, group 2.
refer to the chapter Motor Thermal Protection in the VLT®
Midi Drive FC 280 Design Guide. Group 1 Precise stop, coast stop, precise stop and coast
stop, quick stop, DC braking, stop, and [OFF].
Applied standards and compliance for STO
Group 2 Start, pulse start, start reversing, jog, freeze
Using STO on terminals 37 and 38 requires fulfillment of all
output, and [Hand On].
provisions for safety including relevant laws, regulations,
and guidelines. The integrated STO function complies with
Table 1.3 Function Groups
the following standards:
• IEC/EN 61508:2010, SIL2
• IEC/EN 61800-5-2:2007, SIL2
• IEC/EN 62061:2015, SILCL of SIL2
• EN ISO 13849-1:2015, Category 3 PL d

4 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Introduction Programming Guide

1.2.3 Motor Break-away torque 1 1

Torque

175ZA078.10
Motor running Pull-out
Torque generated on the output shaft and speed from
0 RPM to maximum speed on the motor.
fJOG
Motor frequency when the jog function is activated (via
digital terminals or bus).
fM
Motor frequency.
fMAX
Maximum motor frequency.
fMIN
RPM
Minimum motor frequency.
Illustration 1.1 Break-away Torque
fM,N
Rated motor frequency (nameplate data).
IM
ηVLT
Motor current (actual).
The efficiency of the frequency converter is defined as the
IM,N ratio between the power output and the power input.
Nominal motor current (nameplate data).
Start-disable command
nM,N A start-disable command belonging to the control
Nominal motor speed (nameplate data). commands in group 1. See Table 1.3 for more details.
ns Stop command
Synchronous motor speed. A stop command belonging to the control commands in
2 × Parameter 1−23 × 60 s group 1. See Table 1.3 for more details.
ns =
Parameter 1−39
nslip 1.2.4 References
Motor slip.
PM,N Analog reference
Rated motor power (nameplate data in kW or hp). A signal transmitted to the analog inputs 53 or 54 can be
voltage or current.
TM,N
Rated torque (motor). Binary reference
A signal transmitted via the serial communication port.
UM
Instantaneous motor voltage. Preset reference
A defined preset reference to be set from -100% to +100%
UM,N
of the reference range. Selection of 8 preset references via
Rated motor voltage (nameplate data).
the digital terminals. Selection of 4 preset references via
the bus.
Pulse reference
A pulse frequency signal transmitted to the digital inputs
(terminal 29 or 33).
RefMAX
Determines the relationship between the reference input at
100% full scale value (typically 10 V, 20 mA) and the
resulting reference. The maximum reference value is set in
parameter 3-03 Maximum Reference.
RefMIN
Determines the relationship between the reference input at
0% value (typically 0 V, 0 mA, 4 mA) and the resulting
reference. The minimum reference value is set in
parameter 3-02 Minimum Reference.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 5

 Introduction VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

1 1 1.2.5 Miscellaneous GLCP

The graphic local control panel (LCP 102) interface for
Analog inputs control and programming of the frequency converter. The
The analog inputs are used for controlling various display is graphic and the panel is used to show process
functions of the frequency converter. values. The GLCP has storing and copy functions.

There are 2 types of analog inputs: NLCP

• Current input, 0–20 mA and 4–20 mA. The numerical local control panel (LCP 21) interface for
control and programming of the frequency converter. The
• Voltage input, 0 to +10 V DC.
display is numerical and the panel is used to show process
Analog outputs values. The NLCP has storing and copy functions.
The analog outputs can supply a signal of 0–20 mA, or 4–
lsb
20 mA.
Least significant bit.
Automatic motor adaptation, AMA
msb
The AMA algorithm determines the electrical parameters
Most significant bit.
for the connected motor at standstill.
MCM
Brake resistor
Short for mille circular mil, an American measuring unit for
The brake resistor is a module capable of absorbing the
cable cross-section. 1 MCM = 0.5067 mm2.
brake power generated in regenerative braking. This
regenerative brake power increases the intermediate circuit On-line/off-line parameters
voltage, and a brake chopper ensures that the power is Changes to on-line parameters are activated immediately
transmitted to the brake resistor. after the data value is changed. Press [OK] to activate
changes to off-line parameters.
CT characteristics
Constant torque characteristics used for all applications Process PID
such as conveyor belts, displacement pumps, and cranes. The PID control maintains speed, pressure, and
temperature by adjusting the output frequency to match
Digital inputs
the varying load.
The digital inputs can be used for controlling various
functions of the frequency converter. PCD
Process control data.
Digital outputs
The frequency converter features 2 solid-state outputs that Power cycle
can supply a 24 V DC (maximum 40 mA) signal. Switch off the mains until the display (LCP) is dark, then
turn power on again.
ETR
Electronic thermal relay is a thermal load calculation based Power factor
on present load and time. Its purpose is to estimate the The power factor is the relation between I1 and IRMS.
motor temperature. 3 x U x I1 cosϕ1
Power  factor  =  
FC standard bus 3 x U x IRMS
Includes RS485 bus with FC protocol or MC protocol. See cosϕ1 = 1, therefore:
parameter 8-30 Protocol.
I1 x cosϕ1 I1
Initializing Power  factor  =    =   
IRMS IRMS
If initializing is carried out (parameter 14-22 Operation Mode
The power factor indicates to which extent the frequency
or 2 finger reset), the frequency converter returns to the
converter imposes a load on the mains supply.
default setting.
The lower the power factor, the higher the IRMS for the
Intermittent duty cycle same kW performance.
An intermittent duty rating refers to a sequence of duty
cycles. Each cycle consists of an on-load and an off-load  IRMS   =   I21  +  I25  + I27  +  ..  +  I2n
period. The operation can be either periodic duty or non- In addition, a high power factor indicates that the different
periodic duty. harmonic currents are low.
The built-in DC coils produce a high power factor,
LCP
minimizing the imposed load on the mains supply.
The local control panel makes up a complete interface for
control and programming of the frequency converter. The Pulse input/incremental encoder
control panel is detachable and can be installed up to 3 m An external, digital pulse transmitter used for feeding back
(9.8 ft) from the frequency converter, that is, in a front information on motor speed. The encoder is used in
panel with the installation kit option. applications where great accuracy in speed control is
required.

6 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Introduction Programming Guide

RCD Trip 1 1
Residual current device. A state entered in fault situations, for example if the
frequency converter is subject to overvoltage or when it is
Set-up
protecting the motor, process, or mechanism. Restart is
Save parameter settings in 4 set-ups. Change among the 4
prevented until the cause of the fault has disappeared, and
parameter set-ups and edit 1 set-up while this set-up is
the trip state is canceled by activating reset or, sometimes,
inactive.
by being programmed to reset automatically. Do not use
SFAVM trip for personal safety.
Acronym describing the switching pattern stator flux-
Trip lock
oriented asynchronous vector modulation.
A state entered in fault situations when the frequency
Slip compensation converter is protecting itself and requiring physical
The frequency converter compensates for the motor slip by intervention, for example if the frequency converter is
giving the frequency a supplement that follows the subject to a short circuit on the output. A locked trip can
measured motor load, keeping the motor speed almost only be canceled by cutting off mains, removing the cause
constant. of the fault, and reconnecting the frequency converter.
Smart logic control (SLC) Restart is prevented until the trip state is canceled by
The SLC is a sequence of user-defined actions executed activating reset or, in some cases, by being programmed to
when the associated user-defined events are evaluated as reset automatically. Do not use trip lock for personal safety.
true by the smart logic controller (parameter group 13-** VT characteristics
Smart Logic Control). Variable torque characteristics used for pumps and fans.
STW VVC+
Status word. If compared with standard voltage/frequency ratio control,
THD voltage vector control (VVC+) improves the dynamics and
Total harmonic distortion states the total contribution of stability, both when the speed reference is changed and in
harmonic distortion. relation to the load torque.
Thermistor 60° AVM
A temperature-dependent resistor placed where the Refers to the switching pattern 60° asynchronous vector
temperature is monitored (frequency converter or motor). modulation.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 7

 Introduction VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

1 1 1.3 Electrical Wiring - Control Cables

1.3.1 Overview

130BE202.19
RFI
91 (L1/N) (U) 96
Power 92 (L2/L) (V) 97
input 93 (L3) (W) 98
95 PE (PE) 99
Motor
Switch mode
power supply 1)
(-DC) 88 5)
10 V DC 24 V DC (+DC/R+) 89
5)
Brake
15 mA 100 mA resistor
50 (+10 V OUT) + - + -
+10 V DC (R-) 81

0−10 V DC 53 (A IN) 2)
Relay 1
03
0−10 V DC 54 (A IN) 250 V AC, 3 A
0/4−20 mA 02

55 (COM digital/analog I/O) 01

12 (+24 V OUT)

13 (+24 V OUT)
P 5-00
24 V (NPN)
18 (D IN) 0 V (PNP)
24 V (NPN)
19 (D IN) 0 V (PNP) (A OUT) 42 Analog output
0/4−20 mA

24 V (NPN)
27 (D IN/OUT)6) 0 V (PNP)
3)

17 V ON = Terminated
1 2

ON

OFF = Open

0V 5V
24 V (NPN)
29 (D IN) 0 V (PNP)

S801 0V

RS485
(N RS485) 69 RS485
24 V (NPN) interface
32 (D IN) 0 V (PNP) (P RS485) 68
24 V (NPN)
33 (D IN) 0V (COM RS485) 61
0 V (PNP)
(PNP) = Source
37 (STO1)4) (NPN) = Sink

38 (STO2)4)

Illustration 1.2 Basic Wiring Schematic Drawing

A=Analog, D=Digital
1) Built-in brake chopper is only available on 3-phase units.
2) Terminal 53 can also be used as digital input.
3) Switch S801 (bus terminal) can be used to enable termination on the RS485 port (terminals 68 and 69).
4) Refer to chapter 6 Safe Torque Off (STO) in the operating guide for the correct STO wiring.
5) The S2 drive doesn’t support load sharing application.

8 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Introduction Programming Guide

In rare cases, long control cables and analog signals result See the section Using Shielded Control Cables in the design 1 1
in 50/60 Hz ground loops due to noise from mains supply guide for the correct termination of control cables.
cables. If this occurs, break the shield or insert a 100 nF
capacitor between shield and chassis.

130BA681.10
Connect the digital and analog inputs and outputs
separately to the common inputs (terminal 55) of the
frequency converter to avoid that ground currents from
both groups affect other groups. For example, switching
on the digital input could disturb the analog input signal.

Input polarity of control terminals

PNP (Source)
+24 VDC

130BE730.10
0 VDC
Digital input wiring

12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 55

Illustration 1.5 Grounding of Shielded/Armored Control Cables

Illustration 1.3 PNP (Source)

1.3.2 Start/Stop

Terminal 18 = Parameter 5-10 Terminal 18 Digital Input [8]

130BE731.10
+24 VDC

Start.
0 VDC

NPN (Sink)
Digital input wiring Terminal 27 = Parameter 5-12 Terminal 27 Digital Input [0]
No operation (Default coast inverse).
12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33 55
P 5-10 [8]

P 5-12 [2]

130BE732.11
+24V

12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33

Start/Stop

Speed

Start
Illustration 1.4 NPN (Sink) [18]

Illustration 1.6 Start/Stop

NOTICE
Control cables must be shielded/armored.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 9

 Introduction VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

1 1 1.3.3 Latched Start/Stop Inverse 1.3.4 Speed Up/Down

Terminal 18 = Parameter 5-10 Terminal 18 Digital Input [9] Terminals 29/32 = Speed up/down
Latched start. Terminal 18 = Parameter 5-10 Terminal 18 Digital
Terminal 27 = Parameter 5-12 Terminal 27 Digital Input [6] Input [9] Start (default).
Stop inverse. Terminal 27 = Parameter 5-12 Terminal 27 Digital
Input [19] Freeze reference.
Terminal 29 = Parameter 5-13 Terminal 29 Digital

130BF101.11
P 5 - 10 [9]

P 5 - 12 [6]

Input [21] Speed up.

+24 V

Terminal 32 = Parameter 5-14 Terminal 32 Digital

12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33
Input [22] Speed down.

130BF095.10
FC
+24 V 12
+24 V 13
D IN 18
D IN 19
D IN 27
Latched start Stop inverse D IN 29
Speed D IN 32
D IN 33

+10 V 50
A IN 53
A IN 54
COM 55
A OUT 42
Latched start (18)

Stop inverse (27) Illustration 1.8 Speed Up/Down

Illustration 1.7 Latched Start/Stop Inverse

10 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Introduction Programming Guide

1.3.5 Potentiometer Reference 1 1

Voltage reference via a potentiometer
Reference source 1 = [1] Analog input 53 (default).
Terminal 53, low voltage = 0 V.
Terminal 53, high voltage = 10 V.
Terminal 53, low ref./feedback = 0 Hz.
Terminal 53, high ref./feedback = 50 Hz.
Parameter 6-19 Terminal 53 mode = [1] Voltage.

130BD381.12
+10V/15mA
Speed
P 6-15 42 53 54 50 55

Ref. voltage
P 6-11 10V

1 kΩ

Illustration 1.9 Potentiometer Reference

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 11

 Safety VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

2 Safety
2 2
2.1 Safety Symbols WARNING
The following symbols are used in this document: UNINTENDED START
When the frequency converter is connected to AC mains,
DC supply, or load sharing, the motor may start at any
WARNING time. Unintended start during programming, service, or
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that could repair work can result in death, serious injury, or
result in death or serious injury. property damage. The motor can start with an external
switch, a fieldbus command, an input reference signal

CAUTION from the LCP, via remote operation using MCT 10 Set-up
Software, or after a cleared fault condition.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that could
To prevent unintended motor start:
result in minor or moderate injury. It can also be used to
alert against unsafe practices. • Disconnect the frequency converter from the
mains.

NOTICE • Press [Off/Reset] on the LCP before

programming parameters.
Indicates important information, including situations that
can result in damage to equipment or property. • Completely wire and assemble the frequency
converter, motor, and any driven equipment
before connecting the frequency converter to
2.2 Qualified Personnel AC mains, DC supply, or load sharing.
Correct and reliable transport, storage, installation,
operation, and maintenance are required for the trouble-
free and safe operation of the frequency converter. Only WARNING
qualified personnel are allowed to install or operate this DISCHARGE TIME
equipment. The frequency converter contains DC-link capacitors,
which can remain charged even when the frequency
Qualified personnel are defined as trained staff, who are converter is not powered. High voltage can be present
authorized to install, commission, and maintain equipment, even when the warning LED indicator lights are off.
systems, and circuits in accordance with pertinent laws and Failure to wait the specified time after power has been
regulations. Also, the personnel must be familiar with the removed before performing service or repair work can
instructions and safety measures described in this guide. result in death or serious injury.

2.3 Safety Precautions • Stop the motor.

• Disconnect AC mains and remote DC-link
WARNING supplies, including battery back-ups, UPS, and
DC-link connections to other frequency
HIGH VOLTAGE
converters.
Drives contain high voltage when connected to AC mains
input, DC supply, or load sharing. Failure to perform • Disconnect or lock PM motor.
installation, start-up, and maintenance by qualified
• Wait for the capacitors to discharge fully. The
personnel can result in death or serious injury. minimum waiting time is specified in Table 2.1.
• Only qualified personnel must perform instal-
• Before performing any service or repair work,
lation, start-up, and maintenance. use an appropriate voltage measuring device to
• Before performing any service or repair work, make sure that the capacitors are fully
use an appropriate voltage measuring device to discharged.
make sure that there is no remaining voltage on
the drive.

12 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Safety Programming Guide

Power range Minimum waiting time

Voltage [V]
[kW (hp)] (minutes)
200–240

380–480
0.37–3.7 (0.5–5)
0.37–7.5 (0.5–10)
4
4 2 2
11–22 (15–30) 15

Table 2.1 Discharge Time

WARNING
LEAKAGE CURRENT HAZARD
Leakage currents exceed 3.5 mA. Failure to ground the
drive properly can result in death or serious injury.
• Ensure the correct grounding of the equipment
by a certified electrical installer.

WARNING
EQUIPMENT HAZARD
Contact with rotating shafts and electrical equipment
can result in death or serious injury.
• Ensure that only trained and qualified personnel
perform installation, start-up, and maintenance.
• Ensure that electrical work conforms to national
and local electrical codes.
• Follow the procedures in this guide.

CAUTION
INTERNAL FAILURE HAZARD
An internal failure in the drive can result in serious injury
when the drive is not properly closed.
• Ensure that all safety covers are in place and
securely fastened before applying power.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 13

 Programming VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

3 Programming

3.1 Local Control Panel Operation A. Numeric display

The LCD display is backlit with 1 numeric line. All data is
3 3 The frequency converter supports numerical local control
panel (NLCP), graphic local control panel (GLCP), and blind
shown in the NLCP.

cover. This section describes the operations with NLCP and The set-up number shows the active set-up and the edit
GLCP. set-up. If the same set-up acts as both active and edit set-
up, only that set-up number is shown (factory setting).
1
When active and edit set-up differ, both numbers are
NOTICE shown in the display (for example set-up 12). The number
The frequency converter can also be programmed from flashing indicates the edit set-up.
the MCT 10 Set-up Software on PC via RS485 communi-
2 Parameter number.
cation port or USB port. This software can be ordered
3 Parameter value.
using ordering number 130B1000 or downloaded from
Motor direction is shown at the bottom left of the display.
the Danfoss website: drives.danfoss.com/downloads/pc- 4
A small arrow indicates the direction.
tools/#/.
The triangle indicates whether the LCP is in Status, Quick
5
Menu, or Main Menu.
3.1.1 Numeric Local Control Panel (NLCP)
Table 3.1 Legend to Illustration 3.1, Section A
The numerical local control panel (NLCP) is divided into 4
functional sections.

130BD135.10
Setup 1234
A. Numeric display. AHP
VkW
srpm
B. Menu key. p5 p4
n1 n2 n3
Hz%
INDEX p3 p2 p1

C. Navigation keys and indicator lights (LEDs).

Illustration 3.2 Display Information
D. Operation keys and indicator lights (LEDs).
130BC506.10

1 B. Menu key
To select between Status, Quick Menu, or Main Menu,
press [Menu].
3
A
Setup 1
5
2

4 Status Quick Main

B Menu Menu 10
Menu
9

C 11
Back

On OK
6
12
Warn
7
Alarm

8 10
Hand Off Auto
D
On Reset On

13 14 15

Illustration 3.1 View of the NLCP

14 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Programming Programming Guide

C. Indicator lights (LEDs) and navigation keys

WARNING
Indicator Light Function ELECTRICAL HAZARD
ON turns on when the frequency Even after pressing the [Off/Reset] key, voltage is present
converter receives power from the at the terminals of the frequency converter. Pressing the
6 On Green
mains voltage, a DC bus terminal, or a [Off/Reset] key does not disconnect the frequency
24 V external supply. converter from mains. Touching live parts can result in 3 3
When warning conditions are met, the death or serious injury.
yellow WARN LED turns on, and text
7 Warn Yellow
appears in the display area identifying
• Do not touch any live parts.

the problem.
A fault condition causes the red alarm 3.1.2 The Right-key Function on NLCP
8 Alarm Red LED to flash and an alarm text is
shown. Press [►] to edit any of the 4 digits on the display
individually. When pressing [►] once, the cursor moves to
Table 3.2 Legend to Illustration 3.1, Indicator Lights (LEDs)
the first digit, and the digit starts flashing as shown in
Illustration 3.3. Press the [▲] [▼] to change the value.
Key Function Pressing [►] does not change the value of the digits, or
move the decimal point.
For moving to the previous step or layer
9 [Back]
in the navigation structure.
For switching between parameter groups,

130BC440.10
parameters, and within parameters, or Setup 1

10 [▲] [▼] increasing/decreasing parameter values.

Arrows can also be used for setting local
reference.
Press to access parameter groups or to
11 [OK]
enable a selection. Setup 1

Press to move from left to right within

12 [►] the parameter value to change each digit
individually.

Table 3.3 Legend to Illustration 3.1, Navigation Keys Setup 1

D. Operation keys and indicator lights (LEDs)

Key Function
Setup 1
Starts the frequency converter in local control.
• An external stop signal by control input or
13 Hand On serial communication overrides the local
hand on.
Setup 1
Stops the motor but does not remove power
to the frequency converter or resets the
14 Off/Reset frequency converter manually after a fault has
been cleared. If in alarm mode, the alarm is Illustration 3.3 Right-key Function
reset if the alarm condition is removed.
Puts the system in remote operational mode.
15 Auto On • Responds to an external start command by [►] can also be used for moving between parameter
control terminals or serial communication. groups. When in Main Menu, press [►] to move to the first
parameter in the next parameter group (for example, move
Table 3.4 Legend to Illustration 3.1, Section D from parameter 0-03 Regional Settings [0] International to
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode [0] Open loop).

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 15

 Programming VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

NOTICE
During start-up, the NLCP shows the message LCP ON.
When this message is no longer shown, the frequency
converter is ready for operation. Adding or removing
options can extend the duration of start-up.

3 3 3.1.3 Quick Menu on NLCP

The Quick Menu gives easy access to the most frequently

used parameters.

1. To enter Quick Menu, press [Menu] until the

indicator in the display is placed above Quick
Menu.
2. Press [▲] [▼] to select either QM1 or QM2, then
press [OK].
3. Press [▲] [▼] to browse through the parameters in
Quick Menu.
4. Press [OK] to select a parameter.
5. Press [▲] [▼] to change the value of a parameter
setting.
6. Press [OK] to accept the change.
7. To exit, press either [Back] twice (or 3 times if in
QM2 and QM3) to enter Status, or press [Menu]
once to enter Main Menu.

16 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

MG07C402
Programming

QM 1 QM 2 Changes made QM 3 QM 4 QM 5
130BC445.13

Alarm log TBD

Language 0-01 [0] Basic motor set-up Adv. motor set-up Encoder set-up

BMS ES L10C SFS

Motor Type 1-10 [0] AMS
Last 10 changes Since factory setting
PM motor Asynchronous motor
Stator Terminal 32/33
Motor current 1-00 [0] 1-30 XXXX Resistance (Rs) 5-70 XXXX
1-24 XXXX A 1-20 XXXX kW Motor power mode pulses per revolution

Motor
Motor control 1-39 XXXX Motor poles Terminal 32/33
nominal 1-25 XXXX RPM 1-22 XXXX V Motor voltage 1-01 [1] 5-71 [0]
principle encoder direction
speed
Motor cont. Motor thermal
rated torque
1-26 XXXX 1-23 XXXX Hz Motor frequency 1-90 [0] protection
Motor type 1-10 [0]
Stator PM motor Asynchronous motor
Resistance (Rs) 1-30 XXXX 1-24 XXXX A Motor current 2-10 [0] Brake function

Motor
Motor poles 1-39 XXXX Motor 1-24 XXXX A 1-20 XXXX kW Motor power
1-25 XXXX RPM nominal current 4-16 XXXX % Torque limit motor mode
speed
Motor
Back EMF at 1-40 XXXX 1-25 XXXX RPM
nominal 1-22 XXXX V Motor voltage
1000 RPM
Programming Guide

speed 4-17 XXXX % Torque limit generator mode

d-axis 1-37 XXXX Motor cont.

inductance (Ld) rated torque
1-26 XXXX 1-23 XXXX Hz Motor frequency
4-18 XXXX % Current limit

Stator
Resistance (Rs) 1-30 XXXX 1-24 XXXX A Motor current
3-02 XXXX Hz Minimum reference

Motor poles 1-39 XXXX Motor

Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved.

3-03 XXXX Hz Maximum reference 1-25 XXXX RPM nominal
speed
Back EMF at
1000 RPM 1-40 XXXX
3-41 XXXX S Ramp 1 ramp-up time

d-axis 1-37 XXXX

inductance (Ld)
3-42 XXXX S Ramp 1 ramp-down time

5-12 [2] Terminal 27 digital input

4-19 XXXX Hz Maximum output frequency
1-29 [1] AMA

4-14 XXXX Hz Motor speed high limit [Hz]

Illustration 3.4 Quick Menu Structure

17
3 3
 Programming VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

3.1.4 Main Menu on NLCP

130BC446.10
Setup 1
12
The Main Menu gives access to all parameters.
OK 1

Back
11
1. To enter Main Menu, press [Menu] until the

3 3
Setup 1
indicator in the display is placed above Main
2x 10
Menu.
2. [▲] [▼]: Browse through the parameter groups. 2
+ OK Setup 1
3. Press [OK] to select a parameter group.
4. [▲] [▼]: Browse through the parameters in the
specific group. OK 3

5. Press [OK] to select the parameter. Setup 1

6. [►] and [▲]/ [▼]: Set/change the parameter value.

7. Press [OK] to accept the value. 4

8. To exit, press either [Back] twice (or 3 times for Setup 1

array parameters) to enter Main Menu, or press

[Menu] once to enter Status. 5
See Illustration 3.5, Illustration 3.6, and Illustration 3.7 for the
Setup 1
principles of changing the value of continuous,
enumerated, and array parameters, respectively. The
9
actions in the illustrations are described in Table 3.5, 6
Table 3.6, and Table 3.7. OK
Setup 1

Back
7

Setup 1

8
Setup 1

Illustration 3.5 Main Menu Interactions - Continuous

Parameters

18 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Programming Programming Guide

1 [OK]: The first parameter in the group is shown. Array parameters function as follows:
2 Press [▼] repeatedly to move down to the parameter.
3 Press [OK] to start editing.

130BC448.10
Setup 1 10
4 [►]: First digit flashing (can be edited).
5 [►]: Second digit flashing (can be edited). 5x
6 [►]: Third digit flashing (can be edited). OK 1 9
3 3

Back
7 [▼]: Decrease the parameter value, the decimal point
Setup 1
changes automatically.
8
%
8 [▲]: Increase the parameter value. INDEX
9 [Back]: Cancel changes, return to 2. 2
OK
[OK]: Accept changes, return to 2.
Setup 1
10 [▲][▼]: Select parameter within the group.

Back
% 7
11 [Back]: Remove the value and show the parameter group. INDEX

12 [▲][▼]: Select group.

Setup 1 OK
Table 3.5 Changing Values in Continuous Parameters
% 6
INDEX

Back
For enumerated parameters, the interaction is similar, but OK 4
the parameter value is shown in brackets because of the
Setup 1
digits limitation (4 large digits) on the NLCP, and the enum
can be greater than 99. When the enum value is greater % 5
INDEX
than 99, the LCP can only show the first part of the
bracket.
Illustration 3.7 Main Menu Interactions - Array Parameters
130BC447.11

Setup 1 7
1 [OK]: Show parameter numbers and the value in the first
index.
OK 1 2 [OK]: Index can be selected.
Back

Setup 1
3 [▲][▼]: Select index.

5 4 [OK]: Value can be edited.

5 [▲][▼]: Change parameter value (flashing).
OK 2 6 [Back]: Cancel changes.
Back

4 OK
Setup 1 [OK]: Accept changes.
7 [Back]: Cancel editing index, select a new parameter.
3 8 [▲][▼]: Select parameter within the group.
9 [Back]: Remove parameter index value and show the
Illustration 3.6 Main Menu Interactions - Enumerated parameter group.
Parameters 10 [▲][▼]: Select group.

Table 3.7 Changing Values in Array Parameters

1 [OK]: The first parameter in the group is shown.

2 Press [OK] to start editing.
3 [▲][▼]: Change parameter value (flashing).
4 Press [Back] to cancel changes or [OK] to accept changes
(return to screen 2).
5 [▲][▼]: Select a parameter within the group.
6 [Back]: Remove the value and show the parameter group.
7 [▲][▼]: Select a group.

Table 3.6 Changing Values in Enumerated Parameters

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 19

 Programming VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

3.1.5 Graphic Local Control Panel (GLCP) B. Display menu keys

Menu keys are used for menu access for parameter set-up,
The GLCP is divided into 4 functional groups (see toggling through status display modes during normal
Illustration 3.8). operation, and viewing fault log data.

Key Function
3 3 A. Display area.
B. Display menu keys.
6 Status Shows operational information.
Allows access to programming parameters
Quick
C. Navigation keys and indicator lights (LEDs). 7 for initial set-up instructions and many
Menu
detailed application instructions.
D. Operation keys and reset.
Allows access to all programming
8 Main Menu
parameters.

130BD598.10
1 3 Shows a list of current warnings, the last 10
Status 1(1) 9 Alarm Log
alarms, and the maintenance log.
799 RPM 7.83 A 36.4 kW

2
A
0.000 Table 3.9 Legend to Illustration 3.8, Display Menu Keys
5
53.2 %
C. Navigation keys and indicator lights (LEDs)
4 Auto Remote Ramping Navigation keys are used for programming functions and
moving the display cursor. The navigation keys also
6 9 provide speed control in local operation. There are also 3
Quick Main Alarm
B Status Menu Menu Log
frequency converter status indicator lights in this area.

Key Function
7
8
Reverts to the previous step or list in the
10 Back
Ca

menu structure.
ck

nc
Ba

11
el

Cancels the last change or command as long

10 C 11 Cancel
as the display mode has not changed.
12
On Press for a definition of the function being
Info

OK
12 Info
15 shown.
Warn.
Navigation To move between items in the menu, use the
16 13 13
Alarm keys 4 navigation keys.
17 Press to access parameter groups or to
14 OK
D Hand
Off
Auto Reset enable a selection.
On On
14
Table 3.10 Legend to Illustration 3.8, Navigation Keys
18 19 20 21

Illustration 3.8 Graphic Local Control Panel (GLCP) Indicator Light Function
ON turns on when the frequency
converter receives power from the
15 On Green
A. Display area mains voltage, a DC bus terminal,
The display area is activated when the frequency converter or a 24 V external supply.
receives power from the mains voltage, a DC bus terminal, When warning conditions are met,
or a 24 V DC external supply. the yellow WARN LED turns on,
16 Warn Yellow
and text appears in the display
The information shown on the LCP can be customized for
area identifying the problem.
user applications. Select options in the Quick Menu Q3-13
A fault condition causes the red
Display Settings.
17 Alarm Red alarm LED to flash, and an alarm
Display Parameter number Default setting text is shown.
1 0-20 [1602] Reference [%]
Table 3.11 Legend to Illustration 3.8, Indicator Lights (LEDs)
2 0-21 [1614] Motor Current
3 0-22 [1610] Power [kW]
4 0-23 [1613] Frequency
5 0-24 [1502] kWh Counter

Table 3.8 Legend to Illustration 3.8, Display Area

20 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Programming Programming Guide

D. Operation keys and reset 3.1.7 Changing Parameter Settings with

Operation keys are at the bottom of the LCP. GLCP
Key Function
Access and change parameter settings from the Quick
Starts the frequency converter in hand-on
Menu or from the Main Menu. The Quick Menu only gives
mode.
18 Hand On • An external stop signal by control input
or serial communication overrides the
access to a limited number of parameters.
3 3
1. Press [Quick Menu] or [Main Menu] on the LCP.
local hand on.
2. Press [▲] [▼] to browse through the parameter
Stops the motor but does not remove power
19 Off groups, press [OK] to select a parameter group.
to the frequency converter.
Puts the system in remote operational mode. 3. Press [▲] [▼] to browse through the parameters,
• Responds to an external start command press [OK] to select a parameter.
20 Auto On by control terminals or serial communi-
4. Press [▲] [▼] to change the value of a parameter
cation.
setting.
Resets the frequency converter manually
21 Reset 5. Press [◄] [►] to shift digit when a decimal
after a fault has been cleared.
parameter is in the editing state.
Table 3.12 Legend to Illustration 3.8, Operation Keys and Reset 6. Press [OK] to accept the change.
7. Press either [Back] twice to enter Status, or press
NOTICE [Main Menu] once to enter the Main Menu.
To adjust the display contrast, press [Status] and the
View changes
[▲]/[▼] keys.
Quick Menu Q5 - Changes Made lists all parameters
changed from default settings.
3.1.6 Parameter Settings
• The list only shows parameters, which have been
changed in the current edit set-up.
Establishing the correct programming for applications
often requires setting functions in several related • Parameters which have been reset to default
parameters. Parameter details are provided in values are not listed.
chapter 4 Parameter Descriptions. • The message Empty indicates that no parameters
have been changed.
Programming data is stored internally in the frequency
converter. 3.1.8 Uploading/Downloading Data to/from
the LCP
• For back-up, upload data into the LCP memory.
• To download data to another frequency 1. Press [Off] to stop the motor before uploading or
converter, connect the LCP to that unit and downloading data.
download the stored settings. 2. Press [Main Menu] parameter 0-50 LCP Copy and
• Restoring factory default settings does not press [OK].
change data stored in the LCP memory. 3. Select [1] All to LCP to upload data to the LCP or
select [2] All from LCP to download data from the
LCP.
4. Press [OK]. A progress bar shows the uploading or
downloading progress.
5. Press [Hand On] or [Auto On] to return to normal
operation.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 21

 Programming VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

3.1.9 Restoring Default Settings with LCP Manual initialization does not reset the following
frequency converter information:
NOTICE • Parameter 15-00 Operating hours.
Risk of losing programming, motor data, localization, and • Parameter 15-03 Power Up's.
monitoring records by restoration of default settings. To • Parameter 15-04 Over Temp's.
3 3 provide a back-up, upload data to the LCP before initiali-
zation. • Parameter 15-05 Over Volt's.

3.2 Basic Programming

Restoring the default parameter settings is done by initiali-
zation of the frequency converter. Initialization is carried 3.2.1 Asynchronous Motor Set-up
out through parameter 14-22 Operation Mode
(recommended) or manually. Initialization does not reset Enter the following motor data in the listed order. Find the
the settings for parameter 1-06 Clockwise Direction and information on the motor nameplate.
parameter 0-03 Regional Settings.
1. Parameter 1-20 Motor Power.
• Initialization using parameter 14-22 Operation 2. Parameter 1-22 Motor Voltage.
Mode does not reset frequency converter settings,
such as operating hours, serial communication 3. Parameter 1-23 Motor Frequency.
selections, fault log, alarm log, and other 4. Parameter 1-24 Motor Current.
monitoring functions.
5. Parameter 1-25 Motor Nominal Speed.
• Manual initialization erases all motor,
For optimum performance in VVC+ mode, extra motor data
programming, localization, and monitoring data
is required to set up the following parameters.
and restores factory default settings.
Recommended initialization procedure, via 6. Parameter 1-30 Stator Resistance (Rs).
parameter 14-22 Operation Mode
1. Select parameter 14-22 Operation Mode and press 7. Parameter 1-31 Rotor Resistance (Rr).
[OK]. 8. Parameter 1-33 Stator Leakage Reactance (X1).
2. Select [2] Initialisation and press [OK]. 9. Parameter 1-35 Main Reactance (Xh).
3. Remove power to the unit and wait until the The data is found in the motor datasheet (this data is
display turns off. typically not available on the motor nameplate). Run a
4. Apply power to the unit. complete AMA using parameter 1-29 Automatic Motor
Adaption (AMA) [1] Enable Complete AMA or enter the
Default parameter settings are restored during start-up. parameters manually.
This may take slightly longer than normal.

Application-specific adjustment when running VVC+

5. Alarm 80, Drive initialised to default value is shown.
VVC+ is the most robust control mode. In most situations,
6. Press [Reset] to return to operation mode. it provides optimum performance without further
Manual initialization procedure adjustments. Run a complete AMA for best performance.
1. Remove power to the unit and wait until the
display turns off.
2. Press and hold [Status], [Main Menu], and [OK] at
the same time on the GLCP, or press [Menu] and
[OK] at the same time on the NLCP while
applying power to the unit (approximately 5 s or
until a click is heard and the fan starts).
Factory default parameter settings are restored during
start-up. This may take slightly longer than normal.

22 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Programming Programming Guide

3.2.2 PM Motor Set-up in VVC+ is not available for a motor speed of 1000 RPM,
calculate the correct value as follows: For
Initial programming steps example, if back EMF at 1800 RPM is 320 V, the
1. Set parameter 1-10 Motor Construction to the back EMF at 1000 RPM is:
following options to activate PM motor operation: Back EMF=(Voltage/
RPM)x1000=(320/1800)x1000=178.
1a [1] PM, non salient SPM Program this value for parameter 1-40 Back EMF at 3 3
1b [3] PM, salient IPM 1000 RPM.
2. Select [0] Open Loop in parameter 1-00 Configu- Test motor operation
ration Mode. 1. Start the motor at low speed (100–200 RPM). If
the motor does not turn, check installation,
NOTICE general programming, and motor data.
Encoder feedback is not supported for PM motors.
Parking
This function is the recommended option for applications
Programming motor data
where the motor rotates at slow speed (for example
After selecting 1 of the PM motor options in
windmilling in fan applications). Parameter 2-06 Parking
parameter 1-10 Motor Construction, the PM motor-related
Current and parameter 2-07 Parking Time are adjustable.
parameters in parameter groups 1-2* Motor Data, 1-3* Adv.
Increase the factory setting of these parameters for
Motor Data, and 1-4* Adv. Motor Data II are active.
applications with high inertia.
Find the information on the motor nameplate and in the
motor datasheet. Start the motor at nominal speed. If the application does
not run well, check the VVC+ PM settings. Table 3.13 shows
Program the following parameters in the listed order:
recommendations in different applications.
1. Parameter 1-24 Motor Current.
2. Parameter 1-26 Motor Cont. Rated Torque. Application Settings
3. Parameter 1-25 Motor Nominal Speed. Low inertia applications • Increase the value for
ILoad/IMotor <5 parameter 1-17 Voltage filter time
4. Parameter 1-39 Motor Poles.
const. by factor 5–10.
5. Parameter 1-30 Stator Resistance (Rs).
Enter line-to-common stator winding resistance • Reduce the value for
parameter 1-14 Damping Gain.
(Rs). If only line-line data is available, divide the
line-line value by 2 to achieve the line-to- • Reduce the value (<100%) for
common (starpoint) value. parameter 1-66 Min. Current at
It is also possible to measure the value with an Low Speed.
ohmmeter, which also takes the resistance of the Medium inertia Keep calculated values.
cable into account. Divide the measured value by applications
2 and enter the result. 50>ILoad/IMotor >5
6. Parameter 1-37 d-axis Inductance (Ld). High inertia applications Increase the values for
Enter line-to-common direct axis inductance of ILoad/IMotor >50 parameter 1-14 Damping Gain,
the PM motor. parameter 1-15 Low Speed Filter Time
If only line-to-line data is available, divide the Const., and parameter 1-16 High
line-line value by 2 to achieve the line-common Speed Filter Time Const.
(starpoint) value. High load at low speed Increase the value for
It is also possible to measure the value with an <30% (rated speed) parameter 1-17 Voltage filter time
inductance meter, which also takes the const.
inductance of the cable into account. Divide the Increase the value for
measured value by 2 and enter the result. parameter 1-66 Min. Current at Low
7. Parameter 1-40 Back EMF at 1000 RPM. Speed (>100% for longer time can
Enter line-to-line back EMF of the PM motor at overheat the motor).
1000 RPM mechanical speed (RMS value). Back
Table 3.13 Recommendations in Different Applications
EMF is the voltage generated by a PM motor
when no frequency converter is connected and
If the motor starts oscillating at a certain speed, increase
the shaft is turned externally. Back EMF is
parameter 1-14 Damping Gain. Increase the value in small
normally specified for nominal motor speed or for
steps.
1000 RPM measured between 2 lines. If the value

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 23

 Programming VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

Starting torque can be adjusted in parameter 1-66 Min.

Current at Low Speed. 100% provides nominal torque as
starting torque.

3.2.3 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA)

3 3 To optimize compatibility between the frequency converter
and the motor in VVC+ mode, run AMA.

• The frequency converter builds a mathematical

model of the motor for regulating output motor
current, thus enhancing motor performance.
• Some motors may be unable to run the complete
version of the test. In that case, select [2] Enable
reduced AMA in parameter 1-29 Automatic Motor
Adaption (AMA).
• If warnings or alarms occur, see
chapter 6.1 Warnings and Alarms.
• For best results, run this procedure on a cold
motor.
To run AMA using the LCP
1. By default parameter setting, connect terminals
13 and 27 before running AMA.
2. Enter the Main Menu.
3. Go to parameter group 1-** Load and Motor.
4. Press [OK].
5. Set motor parameters using nameplate data for
parameter group 1-2* Motor Data.
6. Set motor cable length in parameter 1-42 Motor
Cable Length.
7. Go to parameter 1-29 Automatic Motor Adaption
(AMA).
8. Press [OK].
9. Select [1] Enable complete AMA.
10. Press [OK].
11. The test runs automatically and indicates when it
is complete.
Depending on the power size, the AMA takes 3–
10 minutes to complete.

NOTICE
The AMA function does not cause the motor to run and
it does not harm the motor.

24 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

4 Parameter Descriptions

4.1 Parameters: 0-** Operation and Display 0-06 GridType

Select the supply voltage, frequency, and type.
0-01 Language
Option: Function:
Select the language to be used in the display.
[0] 200-240V/50Hz/IT-grid

4 4
Option: Function: [1] 200-240V/50Hz/Delta
[0] * English [2] 200-240V/50Hz
[1] Deutsch [10] 380-440V/50Hz/IT-grid
[2] Francais [11] 380-440V/50Hz/Delta
[3] Dansk [12] 380-440V/50Hz
[4] Spanish [20] 440-480V/50Hz/IT-grid
[5] Italiano [21] 440-480V/50Hz/Delta
[28] Portuguese [22] 440-480V/50Hz
[100] 200-240V/60Hz/IT-grid
0-03 Regional Settings
[101] 200-240V/60Hz/Delta
Option: Function:
[102] 200-240V/60Hz
NOTICE [110] 380-440V/60Hz/IT-grid
This parameter cannot be [111] 380-440V/60Hz/Delta
adjusted while the motor is [112] 380-440V/60Hz
running. [120] 440-480V/60Hz/IT-grid
[121] 440-480V/60Hz/Delta
[0] International Activate parameter 1-20 Motor Power [122] 440-480V/60Hz
[kW] for setting the motor power in
kW and set the default value of 0-07 Auto DC Braking
parameter 1-23 Motor Frequency to Option: Function:
50 Hz. Protective function against
[1] North America Activate parameter 1-20 Motor Power overvoltage at coast in IT grid
[kW] for setting the motor power in environment. This parameter is
hp and set the default value of active only when [1] On is selected
parameter 1-23 Motor Frequency to in this parameter, and IT-grid
60 Hz. options are selected in
parameter 0-06 GridType.
0-04 Operating State at Power-up (Hand) [0] Off This function is not active.
Option: Function: [1] * On This function is active.
Select the operating mode upon
reconnection of the frequency 0-10 Active Set-up
converter to mains voltage after
Select the set-up to control the frequency converter functions.
power-down in hand-on mode.
Program parameters in set-ups 1–4. Use the factory set-up to
[0] Resume Restart the frequency converter, return to the initial state. Use multi set-up for remote control.
maintaining the start/stop settings Option: Function:
(applied by [Hand On/Off]) selected
[1] * Set-up 1
before power-down of the
[2] Set-up 2
frequency converter.
[3] Set-up 3
[1] * Forced stop, Restart the frequency converter [4] Set-up 4
ref=old with a saved local reference after [9] Multi Set-up
mains voltage reappears and after
pressing [Hand On].

[2] Forced stop, Reset the local reference to 0 upon

ref=0 restarting the frequency converter.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 25

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

0-11 Programming Set-up 0-16 Application Selection

Select the set-up to be programmed during operation; either the Option: Function:
active set-up or the inactive set-up. The set-up number being [3] Speed Open
edited flashes in the LCP. Loop
Option: Function: [4] Simple Speed
[1] Set-up 1 Close Loop
[2] Set-up 2 [5] Multi Speed
[3] Set-up 3 [6] OGD LA10

4 4 [4] Set-up 4 [7]

[8]
OGD V210
Hoist
[9] * Active Set-up

0-12 Link Setups 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small

Option: Function: Select a variable to be shown in line 1, left position.

The link ensures synchronizing of Option: Function:

the Not changeable during operation [0] None
parameter values enabling shift [37] Display Text 1
from 1 set-up to another during [38] Display Text 2
operation. [39] Display Text 3
If the set-ups are not linked, a [748] PCD Feed
change between them is not Forward
possible while the motor is running. [953] Profibus
Thus the set-up change does not Warning Word
occur until the motor is coasted. [1005] Readout
[0] Not linked Leave parameters unchanged in Transmit Error
both set-ups. These parameters Counter
cannot be changed while the motor [1006] Readout
is running. Receive Error
Counter
[20] * Linked Copy Not changeable during
[1230] Warning
operation parameters from 1 set-up
Parameter
to the other, so they are identical in
[1501] Running Hours
both set-ups.
[1502] kWh Counter
[1600] Control Word
0-14 Readout: Edit Set-ups / Channel
[1601] Reference
Range: Function:
[Unit]
0* [-2147483647 View the setting of [1602] * Reference [%]
- parameter 0-11 Programming Set-up.
[1603] Status Word
2147483647 ] Edit set-up for each communication
[1605] Main Actual
channel. A means active set-up; F
Value [%]
means factory; numbers indicate
[1609] Custom
set-up code. Communication
Readout
channels from right to left are LCP,
[1610] Power [kW]
FC-bus, USB, and HPFB1-5.
[1611] Power [hp]

0-16 Application Selection [1612] Motor Voltage

[1613] Frequency
Option: Function:
[1614] Motor current
Select integrated application
[1615] Frequency [%]
functions. When an application is
[1616] Torque [Nm]
selected, a set of related parameters
[1617] Speed [RPM]
are set automatically.
[1618] Motor Thermal
[0] * None [1620] Motor Angle
[1] Simple Process [1622] Torque [%]
Close Loop
[1630] DC Link
[2] Local/Remote Voltage

26 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small
Select a variable to be shown in line 1, left position. Select a variable to be shown in line 1, left position.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[1633] Brake [1691] Alarm Word 2
Energy /2 min [1692] Warning Word
[1634] Heatsink [1693] Warning Word
Temp. 2
[1635] Inverter [1694] Ext. Status
Thermal Word 4 4
[1636] Inv. Nom. [1695] Ext. Status
Current Word 2
[1637] Inv. Max. [1697] Alarm Word 3
Current [1698] Warning Word
[1638] SL Controller 3
State [1890] Process PID
[1639] Control Card Error
Temp. [1891] Process PID
[1650] External Output
Reference [1892] Process PID
[1652] Feedback[Unit] Clamped
[1653] Digi Pot Output
Reference [1893] Process PID
[1657] Feedback Gain Scaled
[RPM] Output
[1660] Digital Input [2117] Ext. 1
[1661] Terminal 53 Reference
Setting [Unit]
[1662] Analog input [2118] Ext. 1
53 Feedback
[1663] Terminal 54 [Unit]
Setting [2119] Ext. 1 Output
[1664] Analog input [%]
54 [3401] PCD 1 Write
[1665] Analog output For
42 [mA] Application
[1666] Digital Output [3402] PCD 2 Write
[1667] Pulse input 29 For
[Hz] Application
[1668] Pulse input 33 [3403] PCD 3 Write
[Hz] For
[1669] Pulse output Application
27 [Hz] [3404] PCD 4 Write
[1671] Relay output For
[1672] Counter A Application

[1673] Counter B [3405] PCD 5 Write

For
[1674] Prec. Stop
Application
Counter
[3406] PCD 6 Write
[1680] Fieldbus CTW
For
1
Application
[1682] Fieldbus REF 1
[3407] PCD 7 Write
[1684] Comm. Option
For
STW
Application
[1685] FC Port CTW 1
[3408] PCD 8 Write
[1686] FC Port REF 1
For
[1690] Alarm Word
Application

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 27

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small 0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small
Select a variable to be shown in line 1, left position. Select a variable to be shown in line 1, middle position.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[3409] PCD 9 Write [1005] Readout
For Transmit Error
Application Counter
[3410] PCD 10 Write [1006] Readout
For Receive Error
4 4 [3421]
Application
PCD 1 Read [1230]
Counter
Warning
For Parameter
Application [1501] Running Hours
[3422] PCD 2 Read [1502] kWh Counter
For [1600] Control Word
Application [1601] Reference
[3423] PCD 3 Read [Unit]
For [1602] Reference [%]
Application [1603] Status Word
[3424] PCD 4 Read [1605] Main Actual
For Value [%]
Application [1609] Custom
[3425] PCD 5 Read Readout
For [1610] Power [kW]
Application
[1611] Power [hp]
[3426] PCD 6 Read
[1612] Motor Voltage
For
[1613] Frequency
Application
[1614] * Motor current
[3427] PCD 7 Read
[1615] Frequency [%]
For
[1616] Torque [Nm]
Application
[1617] Speed [RPM]
[3428] PCD 8 Read
[1618] Motor Thermal
For
[1620] Motor Angle
Application
[1622] Torque [%]
[3429] PCD 9 Read
For [1630] DC Link
Application Voltage

[3430] PCD 10 Read [1633] Brake

For Energy /2 min
Application [1634] Heatsink
[3450] Actual Position Temp.

[3456] Track Error [1635] Inverter

Thermal
0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small [1636] Inv. Nom.
Select a variable to be shown in line 1, middle position. Current

Option: Function: [1637] Inv. Max.

Current
[0] None
[1638] SL Controller
[37] Display Text 1
State
[38] Display Text 2
[1639] Control Card
[39] Display Text 3
Temp.
[748] PCD Feed
[1650] External
Forward
Reference
[953] Profibus
[1652] Feedback[Unit]
Warning Word
[1653] Digi Pot
Reference

28 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small 0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small
Select a variable to be shown in line 1, middle position. Select a variable to be shown in line 1, middle position.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[1657] Feedback [1893] Process PID
[RPM] Gain Scaled
[1660] Digital Input Output
[1661] Terminal 53 [2117] Ext. 1
Setting Reference
[1662] Analog input
[2118]
[Unit]
Ext. 1
4 4
53
[1663] Terminal 54 Feedback
Setting [Unit]
[1664] Analog input [2119] Ext. 1 Output
54 [%]
[1665] Analog output [3401] PCD 1 Write
42 [mA] For
[1666] Digital Output Application
[1667] Pulse input 29 [3402] PCD 2 Write
[Hz] For
[1668] Pulse input 33 Application
[Hz] [3403] PCD 3 Write
[1669] Pulse output For
27 [Hz] Application
[1671] Relay output [3404] PCD 4 Write
[1672] Counter A For
Application
[1673] Counter B
[3405] PCD 5 Write
[1674] Prec. Stop
For
Counter
Application
[1680] Fieldbus CTW
[3406] PCD 6 Write
1
For
[1682] Fieldbus REF 1
Application
[1684] Comm. Option
[3407] PCD 7 Write
STW
For
[1685] FC Port CTW 1
Application
[1686] FC Port REF 1
[3408] PCD 8 Write
[1690] Alarm Word
For
[1691] Alarm Word 2
Application
[1692] Warning Word
[3409] PCD 9 Write
[1693] Warning Word
For
2
Application
[1694] Ext. Status
[3410] PCD 10 Write
Word
For
[1695] Ext. Status Application
Word 2
[3421] PCD 1 Read
[1697] Alarm Word 3 For
[1698] Warning Word Application
3 [3422] PCD 2 Read
[1890] Process PID For
Error Application
[1891] Process PID [3423] PCD 3 Read
Output For
[1892] Process PID Application
Clamped [3424] PCD 4 Read
Output For
Application

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 29

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small 0-22 Display Line 1.3 Small
Select a variable to be shown in line 1, middle position. Select a variable to be shown in line 1, right position.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[3425] PCD 5 Read [1611] Power [hp]
For [1612] Motor Voltage
Application [1613] Frequency
[3426] PCD 6 Read [1614] Motor current
For [1615] Frequency [%]
4 4 [3427]
Application
PCD 7 Read
[1616] Torque [Nm]
[1617] Speed [RPM]
For [1618] Motor Thermal
Application
[1620] Motor Angle
[3428] PCD 8 Read
[1622] Torque [%]
For
[1630] DC Link
Application
Voltage
[3429] PCD 9 Read
[1633] Brake
For
Energy /2 min
Application
[1634] Heatsink
[3430] PCD 10 Read
Temp.
For
[1635] Inverter
Application
Thermal
[3450] Actual Position
[1636] Inv. Nom.
[3456] Track Error
Current
0-22 Display Line 1.3 Small [1637] Inv. Max.
Current
Select a variable to be shown in line 1, right position.
[1638] SL Controller
Option: Function:
State
[0] None [1639] Control Card
[37] Display Text 1 Temp.
[38] Display Text 2 [1650] External
[39] Display Text 3 Reference
[748] PCD Feed [1652] Feedback[Unit]
Forward [1653] Digi Pot
[953] Profibus Reference
Warning Word [1657] Feedback
[1005] Readout [RPM]
Transmit Error [1660] Digital Input
Counter [1661] Terminal 53
[1006] Readout Setting
Receive Error [1662] Analog input
Counter 53
[1230] Warning [1663] Terminal 54
Parameter Setting
[1501] Running Hours [1664] Analog input
[1502] kWh Counter 54
[1600] Control Word [1665] Analog output
[1601] Reference 42 [mA]
[Unit] [1666] Digital Output
[1602] Reference [%] [1667] Pulse input 29
[1603] Status Word [Hz]
[1605] Main Actual [1668] Pulse input 33
Value [%] [Hz]
[1609] Custom [1669] Pulse output
Readout 27 [Hz]
[1610] * Power [kW] [1671] Relay output

30 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

0-22 Display Line 1.3 Small 0-22 Display Line 1.3 Small
Select a variable to be shown in line 1, right position. Select a variable to be shown in line 1, right position.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[1672] Counter A [3404] PCD 4 Write
[1673] Counter B For
[1674] Prec. Stop Application
Counter [3405] PCD 5 Write
[1680] Fieldbus CTW For
1
[3406]
Application
PCD 6 Write
4 4
[1682] Fieldbus REF 1
[1684] Comm. Option For
STW Application
[1685] FC Port CTW 1 [3407] PCD 7 Write
[1686] FC Port REF 1 For
[1690] Alarm Word Application

[1691] Alarm Word 2 [3408] PCD 8 Write

For
[1692] Warning Word
Application
[1693] Warning Word
[3409] PCD 9 Write
2
For
[1694] Ext. Status
Application
Word
[3410] PCD 10 Write
[1695] Ext. Status
For
Word 2
Application
[1697] Alarm Word 3
[3421] PCD 1 Read
[1698] Warning Word
For
3
Application
[1890] Process PID
[3422] PCD 2 Read
Error
For
[1891] Process PID
Application
Output
[3423] PCD 3 Read
[1892] Process PID
For
Clamped
Application
Output
[3424] PCD 4 Read
[1893] Process PID
For
Gain Scaled
Application
Output
[3425] PCD 5 Read
[2117] Ext. 1
For
Reference
Application
[Unit]
[3426] PCD 6 Read
[2118] Ext. 1
For
Feedback
Application
[Unit]
[3427] PCD 7 Read
[2119] Ext. 1 Output
For
[%]
Application
[3401] PCD 1 Write
[3428] PCD 8 Read
For
For
Application
Application
[3402] PCD 2 Write
[3429] PCD 9 Read
For
For
Application
Application
[3403] PCD 3 Write
[3430] PCD 10 Read
For
For
Application
Application
[3450] Actual Position
[3456] Track Error

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 31

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

0-23 Display Line 2 Large 0-23 Display Line 2 Large

Select a variable to be shown in line 2. Select a variable to be shown in line 2.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[0] None [1639] Control Card
[37] Display Text 1 Temp.
[38] Display Text 2 [1650] External
[39] Display Text 3 Reference
[748] PCD Feed [1652] Feedback[Unit]
4 4 Forward [1653] Digi Pot
[953] Profibus Reference
Warning Word [1657] Feedback
[1005] Readout [RPM]
Transmit Error [1660] Digital Input
Counter [1661] Terminal 53
[1006] Readout Setting
Receive Error [1662] Analog input
Counter 53
[1230] Warning [1663] Terminal 54
Parameter Setting
[1501] Running Hours [1664] Analog input
[1502] kWh Counter 54
[1600] Control Word [1665] Analog output
[1601] Reference 42 [mA]
[Unit] [1666] Digital Output
[1602] Reference [%] [1667] Pulse input 29
[1603] Status Word [Hz]
[1605] Main Actual [1668] Pulse input 33
Value [%] [Hz]
[1609] Custom [1669] Pulse output
Readout 27 [Hz]
[1610] Power [kW] [1671] Relay output
[1611] Power [hp] [1672] Counter A
[1612] Motor Voltage [1673] Counter B
[1613] * Frequency [1674] Prec. Stop
[1614] Motor current Counter
[1615] Frequency [%] [1680] Fieldbus CTW
[1616] Torque [Nm] 1
[1617] Speed [RPM] [1682] Fieldbus REF 1
[1618] Motor Thermal [1684] Comm. Option
[1620] Motor Angle STW

[1622] Torque [%] [1685] FC Port CTW 1

[1630] DC Link [1686] FC Port REF 1

Voltage [1690] Alarm Word
[1633] Brake [1691] Alarm Word 2
Energy /2 min [1692] Warning Word
[1634] Heatsink [1693] Warning Word
Temp. 2
[1635] Inverter [1694] Ext. Status
Thermal Word
[1636] Inv. Nom. [1695] Ext. Status
Current Word 2
[1637] Inv. Max. [1697] Alarm Word 3
Current [1698] Warning Word
[1638] SL Controller 3
State

32 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

0-23 Display Line 2 Large 0-23 Display Line 2 Large

Select a variable to be shown in line 2. Select a variable to be shown in line 2.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[1890] Process PID [3422] PCD 2 Read
Error For
[1891] Process PID Application
Output [3423] PCD 3 Read
[1892] Process PID For
Clamped
Output [3424]
Application
PCD 4 Read
4 4
[1893] Process PID For
Gain Scaled Application
Output [3425] PCD 5 Read
[2117] Ext. 1 For
Reference Application
[Unit] [3426] PCD 6 Read
[2118] Ext. 1 For
Feedback Application
[Unit] [3427] PCD 7 Read
[2119] Ext. 1 Output For
[%] Application
[3401] PCD 1 Write [3428] PCD 8 Read
For For
Application Application
[3402] PCD 2 Write [3429] PCD 9 Read
For For
Application Application
[3403] PCD 3 Write [3430] PCD 10 Read
For For
Application Application
[3404] PCD 4 Write [3450] Actual Position
For [3456] Track Error
Application
0-24 Display Line 3 Large
[3405] PCD 5 Write
For Select a variable to be shown in line 3.
Application Option: Function:
[3406] PCD 6 Write [0] None
For [37] Display Text 1
Application [38] Display Text 2
[3407] PCD 7 Write [39] Display Text 3
For
[748] PCD Feed
Application
Forward
[3408] PCD 8 Write
[953] Profibus
For
Warning Word
Application
[1005] Readout
[3409] PCD 9 Write
Transmit Error
For
Counter
Application
[1006] Readout
[3410] PCD 10 Write
Receive Error
For
Counter
Application
[1230] Warning
[3421] PCD 1 Read
Parameter
For
[1501] Running Hours
Application
[1502] * kWh Counter
[1600] Control Word

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 33

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

0-24 Display Line 3 Large 0-24 Display Line 3 Large

Select a variable to be shown in line 3. Select a variable to be shown in line 3.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[1601] Reference [1665] Analog output
[Unit] 42 [mA]
[1602] Reference [%] [1666] Digital Output
[1603] Status Word [1667] Pulse input 29
[1605] Main Actual [Hz]
4 4 Value [%] [1668] Pulse input 33
[1609] Custom [Hz]
Readout [1669] Pulse output
[1610] Power [kW] 27 [Hz]
[1611] Power [hp] [1671] Relay output
[1612] Motor Voltage [1672] Counter A
[1613] Frequency [1673] Counter B
[1614] Motor current [1674] Prec. Stop
[1615] Frequency [%] Counter
[1616] Torque [Nm] [1680] Fieldbus CTW
[1617] Speed [RPM] 1
[1618] Motor Thermal [1682] Fieldbus REF 1
[1620] Motor Angle [1684] Comm. Option
[1622] Torque [%] STW
[1630] DC Link [1685] FC Port CTW 1
Voltage [1686] FC Port REF 1
[1633] Brake [1690] Alarm Word
Energy /2 min [1691] Alarm Word 2
[1634] Heatsink [1692] Warning Word
Temp. [1693] Warning Word
[1635] Inverter 2
Thermal [1694] Ext. Status
[1636] Inv. Nom. Word
Current [1695] Ext. Status
[1637] Inv. Max. Word 2
Current [1697] Alarm Word 3
[1638] SL Controller [1698] Warning Word
State 3
[1639] Control Card [1890] Process PID
Temp. Error
[1650] External [1891] Process PID
Reference Output
[1652] Feedback[Unit] [1892] Process PID
[1653] Digi Pot Clamped
Reference Output
[1657] Feedback [1893] Process PID
[RPM] Gain Scaled
[1660] Digital Input Output
[1661] Terminal 53 [2117] Ext. 1
Setting Reference
[1662] Analog input [Unit]
53 [2118] Ext. 1
[1663] Terminal 54 Feedback
Setting [Unit]
[1664] Analog input [2119] Ext. 1 Output
54 [%]

34 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

0-24 Display Line 3 Large 0-24 Display Line 3 Large

Select a variable to be shown in line 3. Select a variable to be shown in line 3.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[3401] PCD 1 Write [3428] PCD 8 Read
For For
Application Application
[3402] PCD 2 Write [3429] PCD 9 Read
For For

[3403]
Application
PCD 3 Write [3430]
Application
PCD 10 Read
4 4
For For
Application Application
[3404] PCD 4 Write [3450] Actual Position
For [3456] Track Error
Application
[3405] PCD 5 Write
0-30 Custom Readout Unit
For Set a value to be shown in the LCP. The value has a linear,
Application squared, or cubed relation to speed. This relation depends on
[3406] PCD 6 Write the unit selected.
For Option: Function:
Application [0] None
[3407] PCD 7 Write [1] * %
For [5] PPM
Application
[10] 1/min
[3408] PCD 8 Write
[11] RPM
For
[12] Pulse/s
Application
[20] l/s
[3409] PCD 9 Write
[21] l/min
For
[22] l/h
Application
[23] m³/s
[3410] PCD 10 Write
[24] m³/min
For
[25] m³/h
Application
[30] kg/s
[3421] PCD 1 Read
For [31] kg/min
Application [32] kg/h
[3422] PCD 2 Read [33] t/min
For [34] t/h
Application [40] m/s
[3423] PCD 3 Read [41] m/min
For [45] m
Application [60] °C
[3424] PCD 4 Read [70] mbar
For [71] bar
Application [72] Pa
[3425] PCD 5 Read [73] kPa
For [74] m WG
Application [80] kW
[3426] PCD 6 Read [120] GPM
For [121] gal/s
Application
[122] gal/min
[3427] PCD 7 Read
[123] gal/h
For
[124] CFM
Application
[127] ft³/h
[140] ft/s

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 35

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

0-30 Custom Readout Unit 0-42 [Auto on] Key on LCP

Set a value to be shown in the LCP. The value has a linear, Option: Function:
squared, or cubed relation to speed. This relation depends on [0] Disabled Avoid accidental start of the
the unit selected. freqeuncy converter from LCP.
Option: Function: [1] * Enabled [Auto On] is enabled.
[141] ft/min
[160] °F 0-44 [Off/Reset] Key on LCP
[170] psi Option: Function:
4 4 [171] lb/in2
[0] Disabled Select [0] Disabled to avoid
[172] in WG accidental stop or reset of the
[173] ft WG frequency converter from LCP.
[180] HP Setting can be locked by
parameter 0-60 Main Menu
0-31 Custom Readout Min Value
Password.
Range: Function:
[1] * Enabled
0 Custom- [0 - This parameter sets the minimum
[7] Enable Reset
ReadoutUni 999999.99 value of the custom readout (occurs
Only
t* CustomRea- at 0 speed). It is only possible to
doutUnit] select a value different from 0 0-50 LCP Copy
when selecting a linear unit in
Option: Function:
parameter 0-30 Custom Readout
[0] * No copy No function.
Unit. For quadratic and cubic units,
the minimum value is 0. [1] All to LCP Copy all parameters in all set-ups
from the frequency converter
0-32 Custom Readout Max Value memory to the LCP. For service
Range: Function: purposes, copy all parameters to
the LCP after commissioning.
100 [ 0.0 - This parameter sets the maximum
Custom- 999999.99 value to be shown when the motor [2] All from LCP Copy all parameters in all set-ups
ReadoutUni CustomRea- speed has reached the value set in from the LCP memory to the
t* doutUnit] parameter 4-14 Motor Speed High frequency converter memory.
Limit [Hz].
[3] Size indep. Copy only the parameters that are
from LCP independent of the motor size. This
0-37 Display Text 1
selection can be used to program
Range: Function: several frequency converters with
[0 - 0 ] Free text, for example used for the the same function without
device tag of fieldbus application. disturbing motor data that is
already set.
0-38 Display Text 2
Range: Function: 0-51 Set-up Copy
[0 - 0 ] Free text, for example used for the Use this parameter to copy parameters between set-ups.
location tag of fieldbus application. Option: Function:
[0] * No copy
0-39 Display Text 3 [1] Copy from
Range: Function: setup 1
[0 - 0 ] Free text, for example used for the [2] Copy from
help tag of fieldbus application. setup 2
[3] Copy from
0-40 [Hand on] Key on LCP setup 3
Option: Function: [4] Copy from
[0] Disabled Avoid accidental start of the setup 4
frequency converter in hand-on [9] Copy from
mode. Factory setup

[1] * Enabled [Hand On] is enabled.

36 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

0-60 Main Menu Password 1-01 Motor Control Principle

Range: Function: Option: Function:
0* [0 - 999 ] Define the password for accessing Used for parallel-connected motors
the Main Menu via the [Main Menu] and/or special motor applications.
key. Setting the value to 0 disables Set the U/f settings in
the password function. parameter 1-55 U/f Characteristic - U
and parameter 1-56 U/f Charac-
4.2 Parameters: 1-** Load and Motor teristic - F.

1-00 Configuration Mode

[1] * VVC+ NOTICE 4 4
When parameter 1-10 Motor
Option: Function:
Construction is set to PM-
Select the application control
enabled options, only VVC+
principle to be used when a remote
option is available.
reference (that is analog input or
fieldbus) is active.
Normal running mode, including
[0] * Open Loop Enable speed control (without slip and load compensations.
feedback signal from motor) with
automatic slip compensation for 1-03 Torque Characteristics
almost constant speed at varying
Option: Function:
loads. Compensations are active,
Select the torque characteristic
but can be disabled in parameter
required. VT and AEO are both
group 1-0* Load and Motor.
energy-saving operations.
[1] Speed closed Enable speed closed-loop control
[0] * Constant Motor shaft output provides
loop with feedback. For increased speed
torque constant torque under variable
accuracy, provide a feedback signal
speed control.
and set the speed PID control. The
speed control parameters are set in [1] Variable Motor shaft output provides
parameter group 7-0* Speed PID Torque variable torque under variable
Control. speed control. Set the variable
torque level in parameter 14-40 VT
[2] Torque closed Enable torque closed-loop control
Level.
loop with speed feedback. Only possible
when option [1] VVC+ is selected in [2] Auto Energy Automatically optimizes energy
parameter 1-01 Motor Control Optim. CT consumption by minimizing
Principle. magnetization and frequency via
parameter 14-41 AEO Minimum
[3] Process Closed Enable the use of process control in
Magnetisation.
Loop the frequency converter. The
process control parameters are set
1-06 Clockwise Direction
in parameter groups 7-2* Process
Ctrl. Feedback and 7-3* Process PID Option: Function:
Ctrl. NOTICE
[4] Torque open Enable the use of torque open loop This parameter cannot be
loop in the frequency converter. adjusted while the motor is
running.
[7] Extended PID Enable the use of extended PID
Speed OL speed OL in the frequency
converter. This parameter defines the term
clockwise corresponding to the LCP
1-01 Motor Control Principle direction arrow. Used for easy
change of direction of shaft
Option: Function:
rotation without swapping motor
[0] U/f NOTICE wires.
When running U/f, control slip [0] * Normal The motor shaft turns in clockwise
and load compensations are direction when frequency converter
not included. is connected U⇒U; V⇒V; and W⇒W
to motor.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 37

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

1-06 Clockwise Direction 1-16 High Speed Filter Time Const.

Option: Function: Range: Function:
[1] Inverse The motor shaft turns in counter- Size [ 0.01 - 20 s] This time constant is used above
clockwise direction when frequency related* 10% rated speed. Obtain quick
converter is connected U⇒U; V⇒V; control through a short damping
and W⇒W to motor. time constant. However, if this value
is too short, the control becomes
1-08 Motor Control Bandwidth unstable.

4 4 Option: Function:
1-17 Voltage filter time const.
[0] High Suitable for high dynamic response.
[1] * Medium Suitable for smooth steady-state operation. Range: Function:
[2] Low Suitable for smooth steady-state operation with Size [ 0.001 - 1 s] Reduce the influence of high
lowest dynamic response. related* frequency ripple and system
[3] Adaptive 1 Optimized for smooth steady-state operation, resonance in the calculation of
with extra active damping. supply voltage. Without this filter,
[4] Adaptive 2 Focus on low-inductance PM motors. This the ripples in the currents can
option is an alternative to [3] Adaptive 1. distort the calculated voltage and
affect the stability of the system.

4.2.1 1-10 Motor Construction 1-20 Motor Power

Option: Function:
1-10 Motor Construction
[2] 0.12 kW - 0.16
Option: Function:
hp
[0] * Asynchron For asynchronous motors. [3] 0.18 kW - 0.25
[1] PM, non For permanent magnet (PM) motors with hp
salient SPM surface-mounted (non-salient) magnets. [4] 0.25 kW - 0.33
Refer to parameter 1-14 Damping Gain to hp
parameter 1-17 Voltage filter time const. for
[5] 0.37 kW - 0.5
details about optimizing the motor
hp
operation.
[6] 0.55 kW - 0.75
[3] PM, salient For permanent magnet (PM) motors with
hp
IPM interior (salient) magnets.
[7] 0.75 kW - 1 hp
1-14 Damping Gain [8] 1.1 kW - 1.5
hp
Range: Function:
[9] 1.5 kW - 2 hp
120 %* [ 0 - 250 %] The damping gain stabilizes the PM
[10] 2.2 kW - 3 hp
machine. The value of damping
[11] 3 kW - 4 hp
gain controls the dynamic
[12] 3.7 kW - 5 hp
performance of the PM machine.
High damping gain gives high [13] 4 kW - 5.4 hp
dynamic performance, and low [14] 5.5 kW - 7.5
damping gain gives low dynamic hp
performance. The dynamic [15] 7.5 kW - 10 hp
performance is related to the [16] 11 kW - 15 hp
machine data and load type. If the [17] 15 kW - 20 hp
damping gain is too high or low, [18] 18.5 kW - 25
the control becomes unstable. hp
[19] 22 kW - 30 hp
1-15 Low Speed Filter Time Const. [20] 30 kW - 40 hp
Range: Function:
1-22 Motor Voltage
Size [ 0.01 - 20 s] This time constant is used below
related* 10% rated speed. Obtain quick
Range: Function:
control through a short damping Size [50 - 1000 V] Enter the nominal motor voltage
time constant. However, if this value related* according to the motor nameplate
is too short, the control becomes data. The default value corresponds
unstable.

38 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

1-22 Motor Voltage 1-29 Automatic Motor Adaption (AMA)

Range: Function: Option: Function:
to the nominal rated output of the NOTICE
unit.
This parameter cannot be
adjusted while the motor is
1-23 Motor Frequency
running.
Range: Function:
NOTICE NOTICE
This parameter cannot be Terminal 27 digital input 4 4
adjusted while the motor is (parameter 5-12 Terminal 27
running. Digital Input) has coast inverse
as the default setting. This
Size [ 20 - 500 Hz] Select the motor frequency value setting means that AMA
related* from the motor nameplate. For 87 cannot be performed if
Hz operation with 230/440 V terminal 27 is switched off.
motors, set the value according to
the nameplate data for 230 V/50 The AMA function optimizes
Hz. Adapt parameter 4-14 Motor dynamic motor performance by
Speed High Limit [Hz] and automatically optimizing the
parameter 3-03 Maximum Reference advanced motor parameters.
to the 87 Hz application.
[0] * Off No function.

1-24 Motor Current [1] Enable Depending on the option selected

Complete in parameter 1-10 Motor
Range: Function:
AMA Construction, the AMA is performed
Size [ 0.01 - Enter the nominal motor current
on different parameters.
related* 1000.00 A] value from the motor nameplate
data. This data is used for • If [0] Asynchron is selected,
calculating motor torque, motor the AMA is performed on:
thermal protection, and so on. - Parameter 1-30 St
ator Resistance
1-25 Motor Nominal Speed (Rs).
Range: Function: - Parameter 1-31 R
Size [50 - 60000 Enter the nominal motor speed otor Resistance
related* RPM] value from the motor nameplate (Rr).
data. This data is used for
- Parameter 1-33 St
calculating automatic motor
ator Leakage
compensations.
Reactance (X1).

1-26 Motor Cont. Rated Torque - Parameter 1-35 M

ain Reactance
Range: Function:
(Xh).
Size [0.1 - Enter the value from the motor
related* 10000.0 Nm] nameplate data. The default value • If [1] PM, non-salient SPM
corresponds to the nominal rated is selected, the AMA is
output. This parameter is available performed on:
when parameter 1-10 Motor - Parameter 1-30 St
Construction is set to [1] PM, non ator Resistance
salient SPM or [3] PM, salient IPM, (Rs).
that is, the parameter is valid for
- Parameter 1-37 d-
PM, non-salient SPM and PM,
axis Inductance
salient IPM motors only.
(Ld).

• If [3] PM, salient IPM is

selected, the AMA is
performed on:

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 39

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

1-29 Automatic Motor Adaption (AMA) 1-30 Stator Resistance (Rs)

Option: Function: Range: Function:
- Parameter 1-30 St Size [ 0.0 - NOTICE
ator Resistance related* 9999.000
This parameter cannot be
(Rs). Ohm]
adjusted while the motor is
- Parameter 1-37 d- running.
axis Inductance
(Ld). Set the stator resistance value.
4 4 - Parameter 1-38 q- Enter the value from a motor
axis Inductance datasheet or perform an AMA on a
(Lq). cold motor.

- Parameter 1-44 d-
1-31 Rotor Resistance (Rr)
axis Inductance
Sat. (LdSat). Range: Function:

- Parameter 1-45 q-
Size [0 - NOTICE
related* 9999.000
axis Inductance This parameter cannot be
Ohm]
Sat. (LqSat). adjusted while the motor is
running.
[2] Enable Perform a reduced AMA of the
Reduced AMA stator resistance Rs
(parameter 1-30 Stator Resistance Enter the rotor resistance value.
(Rs)) in the system only. If an LC Obtain the value from a motor
filter is used between the frequency datasheet or by performing an AMA
converter and the motor, select this on a cold motor. The default setting
option. (This option is only for is calculated by the frequency
asynchronous motors.) converter from the motor
nameplate data.
When parameter 1-10 Motor Construction is set to options
that enable permanent motor mode, the only option 1-33 Stator Leakage Reactance (X1)
available is [1] Enable Complete AMA. Range: Function:
Size [ 0.0 - NOTICE
Activate the AMA function by pressing [Hand On] after related* 9999.000
This parameter cannot be
selecting [1] Enable Complete AMA or [2] Enable Reduced Ohm]
adjusted while the motor is
AMA. After a normal sequence, the display reads: Press [OK] running.
to finish AMA. After pressing [OK], the frequency converter
is ready for operation.
Set the stator leakage reactance
value. Obtain the value from a
NOTICE motor datasheet or perform an

• For the best adaptation of the frequency AMA on a cold motor. The default
setting is calculated by the
converter, run AMA on a cold motor.
frequency converter from the motor
• AMA cannot be performed while the motor is nameplate data.
running.
1-35 Main Reactance (Xh)
NOTICE Range: Function:
Avoid generating external torque during AMA. Size [ 0.0 - NOTICE
related* 9999.00 Ohm]
This parameter cannot be
If an LC filter is used, set the frequency converter to run in adjusted while the motor is
U/f control mode (recommended), or perform reduced running.
AMA in VVC+ mode. If an LC filter is not used, perform
complete AMA. Set the main reactance of the
motor using 1 of these methods:
• Run an AMA on a cold
motor. The frequency

40 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

1-35 Main Reactance (Xh) 1-40 Back EMF at 1000 RPM

Range: Function: Range: Function:
converter measures the Size [ 1 - 9000 V] Set the nominal back EMF for the
value from the motor. related* motor when running at 1000 RPM.
Back EMF is the voltage generated
• Enter the Xh value
manually. Obtain the value by a PM motor when no frequency
from the motor supplier. converter is connected and the
shaft is turned externally. Back EMF
•
4 4
Use the Xh default setting.
is normally specified for nominal
The frequency converter
motor speed or for 1000 RPM
establishes the setting
measured between 2 lines. If the
based on the motor
value is not available for a motor
nameplate data.
speed of 1000 RPM, calculate the
correct value as follows: If back EMF
1-37 d-axis Inductance (Ld)
is, for example, 320 V at 1800 RPM,
Range: Function: it can be calculated at 1000 RPM:
Size [ 0 - 65535 NOTICE Example
related* mH] Back EMF 320 V at 1800 RPM. Back
This parameter cannot be
EMF = (Voltage/RPM)*1000 =
adjusted while the motor is
(320/1800)*1000 = 178.
running.
This parameter is only active when
Enter the value of the d-axis parameter 1-10 Motor Construction is
inductance. Obtain the value from set to options that enable PM
the permanent magnet motor (permanent magnet) motors.
datasheet or perform an AMA on a
NOTICE
cold motor.
When using PM motors, it is
recommended to use brake
1-38 q-axis Inductance (Lq)
resistors.
Range: Function:
Size [ 0.000 - NOTICE
related* 65535 mH] 1-42 Motor Cable Length
This parameter cannot be
adjusted while the motor is Range: Function:
running. 50 m* [0 - 100 m] Set the motor cable length in
meters.
Set the value of the q-axis
inductance. Find the value in the 1-43 Motor Cable Length Feet
motor datasheet or perform an Range: Function:
AMA on a cold motor. 164 ft* [0 - 328 ft] Set the motor cable length. The
length unit is foot.
1-39 Motor Poles
Range: Function: 1-44 d-axis Inductance Sat. (LdSat)
Size [2 - 100 ] NOTICE Range: Function:
related* Size related [ 0 - 65535 This parameter is active only when
This parameter cannot be
adjusted while the motor is mH] parameter 1-10 Motor Construction is
running. set to [3] PM, salient IPM.
This parameter corresponds to the
Enter the number of motor poles. saturation inductance of d-axis. The
default value is the value set in
The motor pole value is always an
parameter 1-37 d-axis Inductance
even number, because it refers to
(Ld). In most cases, do not change
the total pole numbers, not pairs of
the default value. If the motor
poles.
supplier provides the saturation
curve, enter the d-axis inductance
value, which is under 100% of the

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 41

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

1-44 d-axis Inductance Sat. (LdSat) 1-50 Motor Magnetisation at Zero Speed
Range: Function: Range: Function:
nominal current or perform an AMA different thermal load on the motor
on a cold motor. when running at low speed.
Enter a value that is a percentage
1-45 q-axis Inductance Sat. (LqSat) of the rated magnetizing current. If
Range: Function: the setting is too low, the torque
on the motor shaft may be
Size [ 0 - 65535 This parameter is active only when
4 4 related* mH] parameter 1-10 Motor Construction is
set to [3] PM, salient IPM.
reduced.

Magn. current

130BB780.10
This parameter corresponds to the
90%
q-axis saturation inductance. The Par.1-50
default value is the value set in
parameter 1-38 q-axis Inductance Par.1-52 Hz
(Lq). In most cases, do not change Illustration 4.1 Motor Magneti-
the default value. If the motor zation
supplier provides the saturation
curve, enter the q-axis inductance
value, which is under 100% of the
nominal current or perform an AMA 1-52 Min Speed Normal Magnetising [Hz]
on a cold motor. Range: Function:
1 Hz* [ 0.1 - 10.0 Set the required frequency for
1-46 Position Detection Gain
Hz] normal magnetizing current. Use
Range: Function: this parameter along with
100 %* [ 20 - 200 %] Adjust the amplitude of the test parameter 1-50 Motor Magnetisation
pulse during position detection at at Zero Speed, also see
start. Adjust this parameter to Illustration 4.1.
improve the position measurement.
1-55 U/f Characteristic - U
1-48 Current at Min Inductance for d-axis Range: Function:
Range: Function: Size [0 - 1000 V] Enter voltage at each frequency
100 % [ 20 - 200 %] Use this parameter to set the related* point to manually form a U/f
inductance saturation point. characteristic matching motor.
Frequency points are defined in
1-49 Current at Min Inductance for q-axis parameter 1-56 U/f Characteristic - F.
Range: Function:
1-56 U/f Characteristic - F
100 % [ 20 - 200 %] This parameter specifies the
saturation curve of the q- Range: Function:
inductance values. From 20–100% Size [ 0 - 500.0 Enter frequency points to form a
of this parameter, the inductance is related* Hz] U/f characteristic matching motor.
linearly approximated due to Voltage at each point is defined in
parameter 1-38 q-axis Inductance parameter 1-55 U/f Characteristic - U.
(Lq) and parameter 1-45 q-axis
Make a U/f characteristic based on
Inductance Sat. (LqSat). These
6 definable voltages and
parameters are related to the motor
frequencies, see Illustration 4.2.
nameplate load compensations, the
application load type, and the
electronic brake function for quick
stop/hold of the motor.

1-50 Motor Magnetisation at Zero Speed

Range: Function:
100 %* [0 - 300 %] Use this parameter along with
parameter 1-52 Min Speed Normal
Magnetising [Hz] to obtain a

42 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

1-56 U/f Characteristic - F 1-64 Resonance Dampening

Range: Function: Range: Function:
Motor Voltage
100 %* [0 - 500 %] Enter the resonance dampening

130BA166.10
Par 1-55 [x]

1-55[5]
value. Set parameter 1-64 Resonance
1-55[4]
Dampening and
1-55[3]

parameter 1-65 Resonance

1-55[2]

1-55[1]
Dampening Time Constant to help
eliminate high-frequency resonance
1-55[0]

4 4
1-56 1-56 1-56 1-56 1-56 1-56
[5]
problems. To reduce resonance
[0] [1] [2] [3] [4]

Output Frequency
Par 1-56 [x]
oscillation, increase the value of
Illustration 4.2 Example of U/f parameter 1-64 Resonance
Characteristic Dampening.

1-65 Resonance Dampening Time Constant

1-60 Low Speed Load Compensation Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0.005 s* [ 0.001 - 0.05 Set parameter 1-64 Resonance
s] Dampening and
100 %* [0 - 300 %] Enter the low-speed voltage
parameter 1-65 Resonance
compensation value in percent. This
Dampening Time Constant to help
parameter is used for optimizing
eliminate high-frequency resonance
the low-speed load performance.
problems. Enter the time constant
This parameter is only active if
that provides the best dampening.
parameter 1-10 Motor Construction =
[0] Asynchron.
1-66 Min. Current at Low Speed
1-61 High Speed Load Compensation Range: Function:
Range: Function: 50 %* [ 0 - 120 %] Enter the minimum motor current
at low speed. Increasing this current
100 %* [0 - 300 %] Enter the high-speed load voltage
improves motor torque at low
compensation value in percent. This
speed.
parameter is used for optimizing
Parameter 1-66 Min. Current at Low
the high-speed load performance.
Speed is enabled only for PM motor.
This parameter is only active if
parameter 1-10 Motor Construction =
1-70 Start Mode
[0] Asynchron.
Select the PM motor start-up mode. To initialize the VVC+ control
1-62 Slip Compensation core for previously free-running PM motor. Active for PM motors
in VVC+ only if the motor is stopped (or running at low speed).
Range: Function:
Size [ -400 - Enter the % value for slip compen- Option: Function:
related* 400.0 %] sation to compensate for tolerance [0] * Rotor Estimates the electrical angle of the
in the value of nM,N. Slip compen- Detection rotor and uses this angle as a
sation is calculated automatically, starting point. This option is the
that is, based on the nominal motor standard selection for industrial
speed nM,N. applications. If flystart detects that
the motor runs at low speed or has
1-63 Slip Compensation Time Constant stopped, the frequency converter
Range: Function: detects the rotor position (the
angle) and starts the motor from
0.1 s* [0.05 - 5 s] Enter the slip compensation
that position.
reaction speed. A high value results
in slow reaction, and a low value [1] Parking The parking function applies DC
results in quick reaction. If low- current across the stator winding
frequency resonance problems and rotates the rotor to electrical 0
occur, use a longer time setting. position. This option is typically for
pump and fan applications. If
flystart detects that the motor runs
at low speed or has stopped, the
frequency converter sends out a DC

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 43

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

1-70 Start Mode 1-72 Start Function

Select the PM motor start-up mode. To initialize the VVC+ control Option: Function:
core for previously free-running PM motor. Active for PM motors start current in parameter 1-76 Start
in VVC+ only if the motor is stopped (or running at low speed). Current. This function is typically
Option: Function: used in hoisting applications
without counterweight and
current to make the motor park at
especially in applications with a
an angle and then starts the motor
cone-motor, where the start is
from that position.
4 4 [3] Rotor Last This option takes the advantage of
clockwise, followed by rotation in
the reference direction.
Position the last position of rotor at stop
[4] Horizontal Only possible with VVC+.
and gives a quick start. It is only
operation For obtaining the function
used in the situation of controlled
stop, the frequency converter described in parameter 1-75 Start
records the last position of rotor at Speed [Hz] and parameter 1-76 Start
stop and starts the motor directly Current during the start delay time.
without rotor detection and angle The motor rotates in the reference
calculation. When in the situation of direction. If the reference signal
non-controlled stop and power equals 0, parameter 1-75 Start Speed
cycle, the frequency converter [Hz] is ignored and the output
needs to detect the rotor position. speed equals 0. The output current
corresponds to the setting of the
This option can be used for fast
start current in parameter 1-76 Start
restart application. Start may fail if
Current.
the rotor position has been
changed. [5] VVC+ The start current is calculated
clockwise automatically. This function uses
1-71 Start Delay the start speed in the start delay
time only.
Range: Function:
0 s* [0.0 - This parameter enables a delay of the starting
1-73 Flying Start
10.0 s] time. The frequency converter begins with the
Option: Function:
start function selected in parameter 1-72 Start
Function. Set the start delay time until NOTICE
acceleration is to begin. This parameter cannot be
changed while the motor is
1-72 Start Function
running.
Option: Function:
Select the start function during
start delay. This parameter is linked
NOTICE
To obtain the best flying start
to parameter 1-71 Start Delay.
performance, the advanced
[0] DC Hold/delay Energize motor with a DC hold motor data,
time current (parameter 2-00 DC Hold/ parameter 1-30 Stator
Motor Preheat Current) during the Resistance (Rs) to
start delay time. parameter 1-35 Main Reactance
[1] DC-Brake/ Energize motor with a DC hold (Xh), must be correct.
delay time current (parameter 2-01 DC Brake
Current) during the start delay time. Catch a motor which is spinning
freely due to a mains dropout.
[2] * Coast/delay Motor coasted during the start
time delay time (inverter off). [0] * Disabled No function.

[3] Start speed Only possible with VVC+. Regardless [1] Enabled Enable the frequency converter to
cw of the value applied by the catch and control a spinning motor.
reference signal, the output speed When parameter 1-73 Flying Start is
applies the setting of the start enabled, parameter 1-71 Start Delay,
speed in parameter 1-75 Start Speed and parameter 1-72 Start Function
[Hz] and the output current have no function.
corresponds to the setting of the

44 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

1-73 Flying Start 1-78 Compressor Start Max Speed [Hz]

Option: Function: Range: Function:
[2] Enabled Enable flying start at every start frequency converter trips with
Always command. alarm 18, Start Failed.

[3] Enabled Ref. Enable the frequency converter to

1-79 Compressor Start Max Time to Trip
Dir. catch and control a spinning motor.
The search is performed only in the Range: Function:
reference direction. 5 s* [0 - 10 s] The time from the start signal is

[4] Enab. Always Enable flying start at every start

given until the speed exceeds the
speed set in
4 4
Ref. Dir. command. The search is performed
parameter 1-78 Compressor Start
only in the reference direction.
Max Speed [Hz] must not exceed
the time set in this parameter.
1-75 Start Speed [Hz]
Otherwise, the frequency converter
Range: Function: trips with alarm 18, Start Failed. Any
Size [ 0 - 500.0 This parameter can be used for time set in parameter 1-71 Start
related* Hz] hoist applications (cone rotor). Set a Delay for use of a start function
motor start speed. After the start must be executed within the time
signal, the output speed leaps to limit.
the set value. Set the start function
in parameter 1-72 Start Function to 1-80 Function at Stop
[3] Start speed cw, [4] Horizontal
Option: Function:
operation, or [5] VVC+ clockwise, and
Select the frequency converter
set a start delay time in
function after a stop command or
parameter 1-71 Start Delay.
after the speed is ramped down to
the settings in parameter 1-82 Min
1-76 Start Current
Speed for Function at Stop [Hz].
Range: Function:
Available selections depend on the
Size [ 0 - 1000 A] Some motors, for example cone
setting in parameter 1-10 Motor
related* rotor motors, need extra current/
Construction.
starting speed to disengage the
rotor. To obtain this boost, set the • [0] Asynchron.
required current in this parameter. - [0] Coast.
Set parameter 1-72 Start Function to
- [1] DC hold /
[3] Start speed cw or [4] Horizontal
Motor Preheat.
operation, and set a start delay time
in parameter 1-71 Start Delay. - [3] Pre-
magnetizing.
1-78 Compressor Start Max Speed [Hz] • [1] PM, non salient SPM.
Range: Function: • [3] PM, salient IPM.
0 Hz* [ 0 - 500 Hz] This parameter enables high
- [0] Coast.
starting torque. The time from the
start signal is given until the speed - [1] DC hold /
exceeds the speed set in this Motor Preheat.
parameter becomes a start zone. In [0] * Coast Leaves the motor in free mode.
the start zone, the current limit and
[1] DC hold / Energizes the motor with a DC hold
motoric torque limit are set to the
Motor Preheat current (see parameter 2-00 DC
maximum possible value for the
Hold/Motor Preheat Current.
frequency converter/motor
combination. The time without [3] Pre- Builds up a magnetic field while the
protection from the current limit magnetizing motor is stopped. This allows the
and torque limit must not exceed motor to produce torque quickly at
the value set in commands (asynchronous motors
parameter 1-79 Compressor Start only). This premagnetizing function
Max Time to Trip. Otherwise, the does not help the very first start
command. Two different solutions

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 45

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

1-80 Function at Stop 1-83 Precise Stop Function

Option: Function: Option: Function:
are available to pre-magnetize the 33. This is a direct feedback with
machine for the first start one-way closed-loop control. The
command: counter function is activated (starts
timing) at the edge of the start
Solution 1:
signal (when it changes from stop
1. Start the frequency
to start). After each precise stop,
converter with a 0 RPM
4 4 reference.
the number of pulses counted
during ramp down to 0 RPM is
2. Wait 2 to 4 rotor time reset.
constants (see the
equation below) before [2] Counter stop Same as [1] Counter stop with reset,
increasing the speed without reset but the number of pulses counted
reference. during ramp down to 0 RPM is
deducted from the counter value
Solution 2:
entered in parameter 1-84 Precise
1. Set parameter 1-71 Start
Stop Counter Value. This reset
Delay to the premagnetize
function can be used to
time (2–4 rotor time
compensate for the extra distance
constants).
done during ramping down, and to
2. Set parameter 1-72 Start reduce the impacts of gradual wear
Function to [0] DC hold. of mechanical parts.
3. Set the DC-hold current [3] Speed Stop at precisely the same point,
magnitude compensated regardless of the present speed.
(parameter 2-00 DC Hold/ stop The stop signal is delayed internally
Motor Preheat Current to when the present speed is lower
be equal to Ipre-mag = than the maximum speed (set in
Unom/(1.73 x Xh). parameter 4-19 Max Output
Sample rotor time constants = Frequency). The delay is calculated
(Xh+X2)/(6.3*Freq_nom*Rr) on the basis of the reference speed
1 kW = 0.2 s of the frequency converter and not
10 kW = 0.5 s based on the actual speed. Make
100 kW = 1.7 s sure that the frequency converter
has ramped up before activating
1-82 Min Speed for Function at Stop [Hz] the speed compensated stop.

Range: Function: [4] Speed Same as [3] Speed compensated

0 Hz* [0 - 20 Hz] Set the output frequency at which compensated stop, but after each precise stop,
to activate parameter 1-80 Function counter stop the number of pulses counted
at Stop. with reset during ramp down to 0 RPM is
reset.
1-83 Precise Stop Function [5] Speed Same as [3] Speed compensated
Option: Function: compensated stop, but the number of pulses
[0] * Precise ramp Only optimal when the operational counter stop counted during ramp down to 0
stop speed (for example the operational without reset RPM is deducted from the counter
speed of a conveyor belt) is value entered in
constant. This is an open-loop parameter 1-84 Precise Stop Counter
control. Achieves high repetitive Value. This reset function can be
precision at the stopping point. used to compensate for the extra
distance done during ramping
[1] Counter stop Count the number of pulses,
down and to reduce the impacts of
with reset typically from an encoder, and
gradual wear of mechanical parts.
generates a stop signal after a
preprogrammed number of pulses
defined in parameter 1-84 Precise
Stop Counter Value, which has been
received at terminal 29 or terminal

46 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

1-84 Precise Stop Counter Value 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection

Range: Function: Option: Function:
100000* [0 - Enter the counter value to be used [0] * No protection Continuously overloaded motor,
999999999 ] in the integrated precise stop when no warning or trip of the
function in parameter 1-83 Precise frequency converter is required.
Stop Function. The maximum
[1] Thermistor Activates a warning when the
permissible frequency at terminal
warning connected thermistor in the motor
29 or 33 is 32 kHz.
reacts to a motor overtemperature.

1-85 Precise Stop Speed Compensation Delay [2] Thermistor trip Stops (trips) the frequency 4 4
converter when the connected
Range: Function:
thermistor in the motor reacts to a
10 ms* [0 - 100 ms] Enter the delay time for sensors,
motor overtemperature.
PLCs, and so on for use in
parameter 1-83 Precise Stop Function. The thermistor cutout value must
In speed-compensated stop mode, be >3 kΩ.
the delay time at different Integrate a thermistor (PTC sensor)
frequencies has a major influence in the motor for winding
on the stop function. protection.

[3] ETR warning 1 Calculates the load and activates a

1-88 AC Brake Gain
warning in the display when the
Range: Function: motor is overloaded. Program a
1.4* [1.0 - 2.0 ] This parameter is used to set AC warning signal via 1 of the digital
brake power capability (set ramp- outputs.
down time when inertia is
[4] ETR trip 1 Calculates the load and stops (trips)
constant). In cases where the DC-
the frequency converter when the
link voltage is not higher than DC-
motor is overloaded. Program a
link voltage trip value, the
warning signal via 1 of the digital
generator torque can be adjusted
outputs. The signal appears in the
with this parameter. The higher AC
event of a warning and if the
brake gain is, the stronger the
frequency converter trips (thermal
brake capability is. Select 1.0 means
warning).
that there is no AC brake capability.
[22] ETR Trip -
NOTICE Extended
If there is continuous Detection
generator torque, higher
generator torque causes
higher motor current, and the
motor becomes hot. In this
condition, parameter 2-16 AC
Brake, Max current can be used
to protect the motor from
overheating.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 47

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

175HA183.11

130BF694.10
(Ω)

+10 V
42 53 54 50 55
OFF

4000

3000

4 4
1330 ON
PTC / Thermistor <800 Ω >2.9 kΩ R

550
Illustration 4.5 PTC Thermistor Connection - Analog Input

250
Input Supply voltage Threshold
digital/analog cutout values

 [°C]
Digital 10 V <800 Ω - 2.9 kΩ
Analog 10 V <800 Ω - 2.9 kΩ
-20 °C  nominal -5 °C  nominal +5 °C
 nominal
Table 4.1 Threshold Cutout Values
Illustration 4.3 PTC Profile

NOTICE
Check that the selected supply voltage follows the
Using a digital input and 10 V as supply:
specification of the used thermistor element.
Example: The frequency converter trips when the motor
temperature is too high.
Parameter set-up: 1-93 Thermistor Source
• Set parameter 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection to [2] Option: Function:
Thermistor Trip.
NOTICE
• Set parameter 1-93 Thermistor Source to [6] Digital This parameter cannot be
Input. changed while the motor is
running.
130BF693.10
+10 V

42 53 54 50 55
NOTICE
Set the digital input to [0] PNP
OFF
- Active at 24 V in
37 38 12 13 18 19 27 29 32 33
parameter 5-00 Digital Input
Mode.

Select the input to which the

ON thermistor (PTC sensor) should be
PTC / Thermistor <800 Ω >2.9 kΩ R
connected. If an analog input in
Illustration 4.4 PTC Thermistor Connection - Digital Input this parameter is set as a source, it
cannot be used for other purpose,
for example, reference, feedback.

Using an analog input and 10 V as supply: [0] * None

Example: The frequency converter trips when the motor [1] Analog Input
temperature is too high. 53
Parameter set-up: [2] Analog Input
• Set parameter 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection to [2] 54
Thermistor Trip. [3] Digital input
• Set parameter 1-93 Thermistor Source to [2] Analog 18
Input 54. [4] Digital input
19
[5] Digital input
32

48 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

1-93 Thermistor Source 2-04 DC Brake Cut In Speed

Option: Function: Range: Function:
[6] Digital input 0 Hz* [ 0 - 500 Hz] This parameter is for setting the DC
33 brake cut-in speed at which the DC
brake current parameter 2-01 DC
4.3 Parameters: 2-** Brakes Brake Current is to be active, with a
stop command.
2-00 DC Hold/Motor Preheat Current
Range:
50 %* [0 - 160 %]
Function:
Set the holding current as a
2-06 Parking Current
Range: Function:
4 4
percentage of the rated motor
100 %* [0 - 150 %] Set current as percentage of rated
current IM,N parameter 1-24 Motor
motor current, parameter 1-24 Motor
Current. This parameter holds the
Current.
motor function (holding torque) or
pre-heats the motor. This parameter
2-07 Parking Time
is active if [0] DC hold is selected in
parameter 1-72 Start Function, or if
Range: Function:
[1] DC hold/pre-heat is selected in 3 s* [0.1 - 60 s] Set the duration of the parking
parameter 1-80 Function at Stop. current set in
parameter 2-06 Parking Current, once
NOTICE activated.
The maximum value depends
on the rated motor current. 2-10 Brake Function
Avoid 100% current for too Option: Function:
long. It may damage the
[0] * Off No brake resistor is installed.
motor.
[1] Resistor brake A brake resistor is incorporated in
the system for dissipating surplus
2-01 DC Brake Current brake energy as heat. Connecting a
Range: Function: brake resistor allows a higher DC-
link voltage during braking
50 %* [0 - 150 %] NOTICE (generating operation). The brake
MOTOR OVERHEATING resistor function is only active in
The maximum value depends frequency converters with an
on the rated motor current. integral dynamic brake.
To avoid motor damage
[2] AC brake Improve braking without using a
caused by overheating, do not
brake resistor. This parameter
run at 100% for too long.
controls an overmagnetization of
the motor when running with a
Set current as % of rated motor
generatoric load. This function can
current, parameter 1-24 Motor
improve the OVC function.
Current. When speed is below the
Increasing the electrical losses in
limit set in parameter 2-04 DC Brake
the motor allows the OVC function
Cut In Speed, or when the DC-brake
to increase braking torque without
inverse function is active (in
exceeding the voltage limit.
parameter group 5-1* Digital Inputs
set to [5] DC-brake inverse; or via NOTICE
the serial port), a DC-brake current The AC brake is not as efficient
is applied on a stop command. See as dynamic braking with
parameter 2-02 DC Braking Time for resistor.
duration. AC brake is for VVC+ mode in
both open and closed loop.
2-02 DC Braking Time
Range: Function:
10 s* [0 - 60 s] Set the duration of the DC brake
current set in parameter 2-01 DC
Brake Current, once activated.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 49

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

2-11 Brake Resistor (ohm) 2-16 AC Brake, Max current

Range: Function: Range: Function:
Size [ 0 - 6200 Set the brake resistor value in Ω. 100 %* [0 - 160 %] Enter the maximum allowed current
related* Ohm] This value is used for monitoring when using AC brake to avoid
the power to the brake resistor. overheating of motor windings.
Parameter 2-11 Brake Resistor (ohm)
is only active in frequency
NOTICE
converters with an integral dynamic Parameter 2-16 AC Brake, Max

4 4 brake. Use this parameter for values current is only available for
without decimals. asynchronous motors.

2-12 Brake Power Limit (kW)

2-17 Over-voltage Control
Range: Function:
Option: Function:
Size [0.001 - 2000 Parameter 2-12 Brake Power Limit
Overvoltage control (OVC) reduces
related* kW] (kW) is the expected average power
the risk of the frequency converter
dissipated in the brake resistor over
tripping due to an overvoltage on
a period of 120 s. It is used as the
the DC link caused by generative
monitoring limit for
power from the load.
parameter 16-33 Brake Energy
Average and specifies when a [0] * Disabled No OVC required.
warning/alarm is given. [1] Enabled (not Activate OVC except when using a
To calculate parameter 2-12 Brake at stop) stop signal to stop the frequency
Power Limit (kW), the following converter.
formula can be used.
U 2br V × t br s
[2] Enabled Activate OVC.
Pbr, avg W =
Rbr Ω × T br s

Pbr,avg is the average power CAUTION

dissipated in the brake resistor. Rbr PERSONAL INJURY AND
is the resistance of the brake
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
resistor. tbr is the active breaking
Enabling OVC in hoisting
time within the 120 s period Tbr.
applications may lead to
Ubr is the DC voltage where the
personal injuries and
brake resistor is active. For T4 units,
equipment damage.
the DC voltage is 770 V, which can
be reduced by parameter 2-14 Brake • DO NOT enable OVC
voltage reduce. in hoisting
applications.
NOTICE
If Rbr is not known or if Tbr is
different from 120 s, the 2-19 Over-voltage Gain
practical approach is to run
Range: Function:
the brake application, read out
parameter 16-33 Brake Energy 100 %* [0 - 200 %] Select overvoltage gain.
Average, and then enter this
value + 20% in 2-20 Release Brake Current
parameter 2-12 Brake Power Range: Function:
Limit (kW). 0 A* [0 - 100 A] Set the motor current for release of
the mechanical brake when a start
condition is present. The upper
2-14 Brake voltage reduce limit is specified in
Range: Function: parameter 16-37 Inv. Max. Current.
0 V* [ 0 - 500 V] This parameter can reduce the DC
voltage where the brake resistor is
active. It is only valid for T4 unit.

50 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

2-20 Release Brake Current 3-01 Reference/Feedback Unit

Range: Function: Option: Function:
NOTICE [22] l/h
When mechanical brake [23] m³/s
control output is selected, but [24] m³/min
no mechanical brake is [25] m³/h
connected, the function does [30] kg/s
not work by default setting [31] kg/min
due to too low motor current. [32] kg/h 4 4
[33] t/min
[34] t/h
2-22 Activate Brake Speed [Hz]
[40] m/s
Range: Function: [41] m/min
0 Hz* [0 - 400 Hz] Set the motor frequency for [45] m
activation of the mechanical brake [60] °C
when a stop condition is present. [70] mbar
[71] bar
2-23 Activate Brake Delay
[72] Pa
Range: Function: [73] kPa
0 s* [0 - 5 s] Enter the brake delay time of the [74] m WG
coast after ramp-down time. The [80] kW
shaft is held at 0 speed with full [120] GPM
holding torque. Ensure that the [121] gal/s
mechanical brake has locked the
[122] gal/min
load before the motor enters coast
[123] gal/h
mode.
[124] CFM
[125] ft³/s
4.4 Parameters: 3-** Reference/Ramps
[126] ft³/min
3-00 Reference Range [127] ft³/h
[130] lb/s
Option: Function:
[131] lb/min
[0] * Min - Max Select the range of the reference
[132] lb/h
signal and the feedback signal.
[140] ft/s
Signal values can be positive only,
[141] ft/min
or positive and negative.
[145] ft
[1] -Max - +Max For both positive and negative
[150] lb ft
values (both directions), relative to
[160] °F
parameter 4-10 Motor Speed
[170] psi
Direction.
[171] lb/in2
[172] in WG
3-01 Reference/Feedback Unit
[173] ft WG
Option: Function:
[180] HP
Select the unit for process PID
control references and feedbacks. 8-00 Option A warning control
[0] None This parameter is used to enable or disable installed options.
[1] % Option: Function:
[2] RPM [0] * None
[3] Hz [1] Disable
[4] Nm Warning
[5] PPM
[10] 1/min
[12] Pulse/s
[20] l/s
[21] l/min

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 51

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

3-03 Maximum Reference 3-12 Catch up/slow Down Value

Range: Function: Range: Function:
Size [-4999.0 - Enter the maximum reference. The (parameter 5-10 Terminal 18 Digital
related* 4999 maximum reference is the highest Input to parameter 5-15 Terminal 33
Reference- value obtainable by summing all Digital Input), the percentage value
FeedbackUnit] references. is added to the total reference. If
[29] Slow down is selected via 1 of
The maximum reference unit
the digital inputs
matches:
4 4 • The option selected in
parameter 1-00 Configu-
(parameter 5-10 Terminal 18 Digital
Input to parameter 5-15 Terminal 33
Digital Input), the percentage value
ration Mode.
is deducted from the total
• The unit selected in reference.
parameter 3-00 Reference
Range. 3-14 Preset Relative Reference
Range: Function:
3-04 Reference Function
0 %* [-100 - The actual reference, X, is increased
Option: Function:
100 %] or decreased with the percentage Y,
[0] * Sum Sum both external and preset set in parameter 3-14 Preset Relative
reference sources. Reference. This results in the actual
[1] External/Preset Use either the preset or the reference Z. Actual reference (X) is
external reference source. Shift the sum of the inputs selected in
between external and preset via a parameter 3-15 Reference 1 Source,
command or a digital input. parameter 3-16 Reference 2 Source,
parameter 3-17 Reference 3 Source,
3-10 Preset Reference and parameter 8-02 Control Source.
Range: Function:

130BA059.12
Y
0 %* [-100 - Enter up to 8 different preset Relative Z Resulting
actual
100 %] references (0–7) in this parameter, X Z=X+X*Y/100 reference
using array programming. For
selecting dedicated references, Illustration 4.6 Preset Relative Reference
select preset reference bit 0/1/2 [16],
[17], or [18] for the corresponding
digital inputs in parameter group

130BA278.10
Z
5-1* Digital Inputs.
00
*Y/1
X+X
3-11 Jog Speed [Hz]
Range: Function: X
5 Hz* [ 0 - 500.0 The jog speed is a fixed output
Hz] speed at which the frequency
converter runs when the jog
Y
function is activated. See also
-100 0 100 %
parameter 3-80 Jog Ramp Time.
P 3-14
The jog speed must not exceed the Illustration 4.7 Actual Reference
setting in parameter 4-14 Motor
Speed High Limit [Hz].

3-15 Reference 1 Source

3-12 Catch up/slow Down Value
Option: Function:
Range: Function:
Select the reference input to be
0 %* [0 - 100 %] Enter a percentage value to be
used for the first reference signal.
either added to or deducted from
Parameter 3-15 Reference 1 Source,
the actual reference for catching up
parameter 3-16 Reference 2 Source,
or slowing down respectively. If [28]
and parameter 3-17 Reference 3
Catch up is selected via 1 of the
Source define up to 3 different
digital inputs

52 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

3-15 Reference 1 Source 3-17 Reference 3 Source

Option: Function: Option: Function:
reference signals. The sum of these reference signals defines the actual
reference signals defines the actual reference.
reference.
[0] No function
[0] No function [1] Analog Input
[1] * Analog Input 53
53 [2] Analog Input
[2] Analog Input 54 4 4
54 [7] Frequency
[7] Frequency input 29
input 29 [8] Frequency
[8] Frequency input 33
input 33 [11] * Local bus
[11] Local bus reference
reference [20] Digital
[20] Digital pot.meter
pot.meter [32] Bus PCD
[32] Bus PCD
3-18 Relative Scaling Reference Resource
3-16 Reference 2 Source Option: Function:
Option: Function: NOTICE
Select the reference input to be
This parameter cannot be
used for the second reference
adjusted while the motor is
signal. Parameter 3-15 Reference 1
running.
Source, parameter 3-16 Reference 2
Source, and
Select a variable value to be added
parameter 3-17 Reference 3 Source
to the fixed value (defined in
define up to 3 different reference
parameter 3-14 Preset Relative
signals. The sum of these reference
Reference). The sum of the fixed
signals defines the actual reference.
and variable values (labeled Y in
[0] No function Illustration 4.8) is multiplied by the
[1] Analog Input actual reference (labeled X in
53 Illustration 4.8). This product is then
[2] * Analog Input added to the actual reference (X
54 +X*Y/100) to give the resulting
[7] Frequency actual reference.
input 29
130BA059.12

Y
[8] Frequency Relative Z Resulting
actual
X Z=X+X*Y/100
input 33 reference
[11] Local bus
reference Illustration 4.8 Resulting Actual
[20] Digital Reference
pot.meter
[32] Bus PCD
[0] * No function
3-17 Reference 3 Source [1] Analog Input
Option: Function: 53
Select the reference input to be [2] Analog Input
used for the third reference signal. 54
Parameter 3-15 Reference 1 Source, [7] Frequency
parameter 3-16 Reference 2 Source, input 29
and parameter 3-17 Reference 3 [8] Frequency
Source define up to 3 different input 33
reference signals. The sum of these

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 53

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

3-18 Relative Scaling Reference Resource 3-42 Ramp 1 Ramp Down Time
Option: Function: Range: Function:
[11] Local bus Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the ramp-down time, that is
reference related* s] the deceleration time from the
synchronous motor speed ns to 0
3-31 Ramp Down w/ dir. Change Hz or from the nominal torque to 0
Select the deceleration ramp (both directions) when the shaft NM if the torque configuration
changes direction. modes are selected. Select a ramp-

4 4 Option:
[0] * Off
Function: down time such that no
overvoltage occurs in the inverter
due to regenerative operation of
[1] Ramp 1 Ramp
the motor, and such that the
Down Time
generated current does not exceed
[2] Ramp 2 Ramp
the current limit set in
Down Time
parameter 4-18 Current Limit. See
[3] Ramp 3 Ramp
ramp-up time in
Down Time
parameter 3-41 Ramp 1 Ramp Up
[4] Ramp 4 Ramp
Time.
Down Time
t dec  s  x ns  Hz
[9] Quick Stop Par .  3 − 42  =  
 ref   Hz
Ramp Time
3-50 Ramp 2 Type
3-40 Ramp 1 Type
Option: Function:
Option: Function:
Select the ramp type, depending on
Select the ramp type, depending on requirements for acceleration/
requirements for acceleration/ deceleration. A linear ramp gives
deceleration. A linear ramp gives constant acceleration during
constant acceleration during ramping. A sine-2 ramp gives non-
ramping. A sine-2 ramp gives non- linear acceleration.
linear acceleration.
[0] * Linear
[0] * Linear
[1] Sine Ramp
[1] Sine Ramp
[2] Sine 2 Ramp S-ramp based on the values set in
[2] Sine 2 Ramp (Only be used with speed control parameter 3-51 Ramp 2 Ramp Up
mode) S-ramp based on the values Time and parameter 3-52 Ramp 2
set in parameter 3-41 Ramp 1 Ramp Ramp Down Time.
Up Time and parameter 3-42 Ramp 1
Ramp Down Time. 3-51 Ramp 2 Ramp Up Time
Range: Function:
3-41 Ramp 1 Ramp Up Time
Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the ramp-up time, which is
Range: Function:
related* s] the acceleration time from 0 Hz to
Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the ramp-up time, that is the the rated motor speed ns. Select a
related* s] acceleration time from 0 Hz to the ramp-up time such that the output
synchronous motor speed nS current does not exceed the current
parameter 1-23 Motor Frequency or limit in parameter 4-18 Current Limit
from 0 NM to the nominal torque if during ramping. See ramp-down
torque configuration modes are time in parameter 3-52 Ramp 2
selected. It is applicable for Ramp 1 Ramp Down Time.
to Ramp 4. Select a ramp-up time
t acc  s  x ns  Hz
such that the output current does Par .  3 − 51  =  
 ref   Hz
not exceed the current limit in
parameter 4-18 Current Limit during 3-52 Ramp 2 Ramp Down Time
ramping. See ramp-down time in Range: Function:
parameter 3-42 Ramp 1 Ramp Down Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the ramp-down time, that is
Time. related* s] the deceleration time from the
t acc  s  x ns  Hz rated motor speed ns to 0 Hz or
Par .  3 − 41  =  
 ref   Hz

54 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

3-52 Ramp 2 Ramp Down Time 3-62 Ramp 3 Ramp down Time
Range: Function: Range: Function:
from the nominal torque to 0 NM if ramp-up time in
the torque configuration modes are parameter 3-61 Ramp 3 Ramp up
selected. Select a ramp-down time Time.
such that no overvoltage arises in t dec  s  x ns  Hz
Par .  3 − 62  =  
the frequency converter due to  ref   Hz

regenerative operation of the

3-70 Ramp 4 Type
motor, and such that the generated
current does not exceed the current Option: Function: 4 4
limit set in parameter 4-18 Current Select the ramp type, depending on
Limit. See ramp-up time in requirements for acceleration/
parameter 3-51 Ramp 2 Ramp Up deceleration. A linear ramp gives
Time. constant acceleration during
t dec  s  x ns  Hz
ramping. An S-ramp gives non-
Par .  3 − 52  =  
 ref   Hz linear acceleration.

3-60 Ramp 3 Type [0] * Linear

[1] Sine Ramp
Option: Function:
[2] Sine 2 Ramp S-ramp based on the values set in
Select the ramp type, depending on
parameter 3-71 Ramp 4 Ramp up
requirements for acceleration/
Time and parameter 3-72 Ramp 4
deceleration. A linear ramp gives
Ramp Down Time.
constant acceleration during
ramping. An S-ramp gives non-
3-71 Ramp 4 Ramp up Time
linear acceleration.
Range: Function:
[0] * Linear
Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the ramp-up time, which is
[1] Sine Ramp
related* s] the acceleration time from 0 Hz to
[2] Sine 2 Ramp S-ramp based on the values set in
the rated motor speed ns. Select a
parameter 3-61 Ramp 3 Ramp up
ramp-up time such that the output
Time and parameter 3-62 Ramp 3
current does not exceed the current
Ramp down Time.
limit in parameter 4-18 Current Limit
during ramping. See ramp-down
3-61 Ramp 3 Ramp up Time
time in parameter 3-72 Ramp 4
Range: Function: Ramp Down Time.
Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the ramp-up time, which is t acc  s  x ns  Hz
Par .  3 − 71  =  
related* s] the acceleration time from 0 Hz to  ref   Hz

the rated motor speed ns. Select a

3-72 Ramp 4 Ramp Down Time
ramp-up time such that the output
current does not exceed the current Range: Function:
limit in parameter 4-18 Current Limit Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the ramp-down time, which is
during ramping. See ramp-down related* s] the deceleration time from the
time in parameter 3-62 Ramp 3 rated motor speed ns to 0 Hz.
Ramp down Time. Select a ramp-down time such that
no overvoltage arises in the inverter
3-62 Ramp 3 Ramp down Time due to regenerative operation of
Range: Function: the motor, and such that the
generated current does not exceed
Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the ramp-down time, which is
the current limit set in
related* s] the deceleration time from the
parameter 4-18 Current Limit. See
rated motor speed ns to 0 Hz.
ramp-up time in
Select a ramp-down time such that
parameter 3-71 Ramp 4 Ramp up
no overvoltage arises in the inverter
Time.
due to regenerative operation of
t dec  s  x ns  Hz
the motor, and such that the Par .  3 − 72  =  
 ref   Hz
generated current does not exceed
the current limit set in
parameter 4-18 Current Limit. See

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 55

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

3-80 Jog Ramp Time

130BD376.11
Hz
Range: Function:
Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the jog ramp time, which is
P 4-14 Hz
related* s] the acceleration/deceleration time high limit
between 0 Hz and the rated motor
Reference
frequency ns. Ensure that the
P 1-23
resulting output current required Motor frequency
for the given jog ramp time does

4 4 not exceed the current limit in

parameter 4-18 Current Limit. The
P 4-12 Hz
low limit

jog ramp time starts when

Time
activating a jog signal via the LCP, a P 3-81
selected digital output, or the serial Qramp

communication port. When jog

Qstop
state is disabled, the normal
ramping times are valid.
130BD375.11 Illustration 4.10 Quick Stop Ramp Time

Hz
3-90 Step Size
Range: Function:
P 4-14 Hz
High limit 0.10 %* [0.01 - Enter the increment size required
P 1-23 200 %] for increase/decrease as a
Motor frequency percentage of the synchronous
P 3-19 motor speed, ns. If increase/
Jog speed
decrease is activated, the resulting
P 4-12 Hz reference is increased/decreased by
Low limit
t jog t jog Time the amount set in this parameter.
P 3-80 P 3-80
Ramp up Ramp down
(acc) (dec)
3-92 Power Restore
Option: Function:
Illustration 4.9 Jog Ramp Time
[0] * Off Reset the digital potentiometer
reference to 0% after power-up.

[1] On Restore the most recent digital

t jog  s  x ns  Hz
Par .  3 − 80  =   potentiometer reference at power-
 Δ  jog speed  par .  3  −  19   Hz
up.
3-81 Quick Stop Ramp Time
Range: Function: 3-93 Maximum Limit
Size [0.01 - 3600 Enter the quick-stop ramp-down
Range: Function:
related* s] time, which is the deceleration time
100 %* [-200 - Set the maximum permissible value
from the synchronous motor speed
200 %] for the resulting reference. This is
to 0 Hz. Ensure that no resulting
recommended if the digital potenti-
overvoltage occurs in the inverter
ometer is used for fine-tuning of
due to regenerative operation of
the resulting reference.
the motor required to achieve the
given ramp-down time. Also, ensure
3-94 Minimum Limit
that the generated current required
to achieve the given ramp-down Range: Function:
time does not exceed the current -100 % [-200 - Set the minimum permissible value
limit (set in parameter 4-18 Current 200 %] for the resulting reference. This is
Limit). Activate quick stop with a recommended if the digital potenti-
signal on a selected digital input, or ometer is used for fine-tuning of
via the serial communication port. the resulting reference.

56 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

3-95 Ramp Delay 4-14 Motor Speed High Limit [Hz]

Range: Function: Range: Function:
1000 ms* [0 - 3600000 Enter the delay required from 65 Hz* [ 0.1 - 500 NOTICE
ms] activation of the digital potenti- Hz]
Maximum output frequency
ometer function until the frequency
cannot exceed 10% of the
converter starts to ramp the
inverter switching frequency
reference. With a delay of 0 ms, the
(parameter 14-01 Switching
reference starts to ramp as soon as
Frequency).
increase/decrease is activated.
4 4
Enter the maximum limit for motor
3-96 Maximum Limit Switch Reference
speed. The motor speed high limit
Range: Function: can be set to correspond to the
25 %* [0 - 200 %] Enter the maximum limit switch manufacturer’s recommended
reference. If the crane reaches a maximum of the motor shaft.
limit switch (OFF), and if the speed
The motor speed high limit must
exceeds the value in this parameter,
exceed the value in
then the speed is reduced automat-
parameter 4-12 Motor Speed Low
ically to the value in this parameter.
Limit [Hz], and must not exceed the
If the limit switch is off, the speed
value in parameter 4-19 Max Output
cannot exceed the value in this
Frequency.
parameter.

4-16 Torque Limit Motor Mode

4.5 Parameters: 4-** Limits/Warnings
Range: Function:
4-10 Motor Speed Direction Size [ 0 - 1000 %] This function limits the torque on
Option: Function: related* the shaft to protect the mechanical
installation.
[0] * Clockwise NOTICE
The setting in 4-17 Torque Limit Generator Mode
parameter 4-10 Motor Speed
Range: Function:
Direction has impact on
100 %* [ 0 - 1000 %] This function limits the torque on
parameter 1-73 Flying Start.
the shaft to protect the mechanical
installation.
Only operation in clockwise
direction is allowed.
4-18 Current Limit
[2] Both Operation in both clockwise and Range: Function:
directions counterclockwise directions are
Size [ 0 - 1000 %] This is a true current limit function
allowed.
related* that continues in the oversyn-
chronous range. However, due to
4-12 Motor Speed Low Limit [Hz]
field weakening, the motor torque
Range: Function: at current limit drops accordingly
0 Hz* [0 - Enter the minimum limit for motor speed. The when the voltage increase stops
400.0 Hz] motor speed low limit can be set to above the synchronized motor
correspond to the minimum output frequency speed.
of the motor shaft.
The motor speed low limit must not exceed
the setting in parameter 4-14 Motor Speed
High Limit [Hz].

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 57

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

4-19 Max Output Frequency 4-21 Speed Limit Factor Source

Range: Function: Select an analog input for scaling the settings in
Size [ 0 - 500 Hz] NOTICE parameter 4-19 Max Output Frequency 0–100% (or inverse). The
related* signal levels corresponding to 0% and 100% are defined in the
This parameter cannot be
analog input scaling, for example parameter group 6-1* Analog
adjusted while the motor is
Input 1. This parameter is only active when
running.
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode is in torque mode.
Option: Function:
NOTICE
4 4 Maximum output frequency
[8] Analog in 54
inv
cannot exceed 10% of the
[18] Bus Control
inverter switching frequency
(parameter 14-01 Switching 4-22 Break Away Boost
Frequency). Option: Function:
[0] * Off
Provide a final limit on the output
[1] On The frequency converter provides
frequency for improved safety in
higher current than normal current
applications at risk of overspeeding.
levels to enhance breakaway-torque
This limit is final in all configu-
capacity.
rations (independent of the setting
in parameter 1-00 Configuration
4-30 Motor Feedback Loss Function
Mode).
Option: Function:
4-20 Torque Limit Factor Source This function is used to monitor
consistency in the feedback signal,
Select an analog input for scaling the settings in
that is if the feedback signal is
parameter 4-16 Torque Limit Motor Mode and
available. Select the action of the
parameter 4-17 Torque Limit Generator Mode 0–100% (or inverse).
frequency converter if a feedback
The signal levels corresponding to 0% and 100% are defined in
fault is detected. The selected
the analog input scaling, for example parameter group 6-1*
action takes place when the
Analog Input 1. This parameter is only active when
feedback signal differs from the
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode is set to [0] Open Loop or [1]
output speed by the value set in
Speed Closed Loop.
parameter 4-31 Motor Feedback
Option: Function: Speed Error for longer than the
[0] * No function value set in parameter 4-32 Motor
[2] Analog in 53 Feedback Loss Timeout.
[4] Analog in 53
[0] Disabled
inv
[1] Warning
[6] Analog in 54
[2] * Trip
[8] Analog in 54
[3] Jog
inv
[4] Freeze Output
[18] Bus Control
[5] Max Speed
4-21 Speed Limit Factor Source [6] Switch to
Select an analog input for scaling the settings in Open Loop
parameter 4-19 Max Output Frequency 0–100% (or inverse). The
4-31 Motor Feedback Speed Error
signal levels corresponding to 0% and 100% are defined in the
analog input scaling, for example parameter group 6-1* Analog
Range: Function:
Input 1. This parameter is only active when 20 Hz* [0 - 50 Hz] Select the maximum allowed error
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode is in torque mode. in speed (output speed versus
feedback).
Option: Function:
[0] * No function
[2] Analog in 53
[4] Analog in 53
inv
[6] Analog in 54

58 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

Speed 4-41 Warning Freq. High

130BA221.10
[rpm]
Range: Function:
light is not lit when the limit set is
reached.

The value must exceed the value in

ncalc parameter 4-40 Warning Freq. Low,
and must not exceed the value in
nactual
parameter 4-14 Motor Speed High
Limit [Hz]. 4 4
P 4-31
4-42 Adjustable Temperature Warning
Range: Function:
0* [ 0 - 200 ] Use this parameter to set the motor
temperature limit.
P 4-32 Time
[sec]
4-50 Warning Current Low
Illustration 4.11 Motor Feedback Speed Error
Range: Function:
0 A* [ 0 - 500 A] Enter the ILOW value. When the
motor current drops below this
4-32 Motor Feedback Loss Timeout
limit, a bit in the status word is set.
Range: Function:
This value can also be programmed
0.05 s* [0 - 60 s] Set the timeout value allowing the to produce a signal on the digital
speed error set in output or the relay output.
parameter 4-31 Motor Feedback
Speed Error to be exceeded before 4-51 Warning Current High
enabling the function selected in
Range: Function:
parameter 4-30 Motor Feedback Loss
Size [ 0.0 - 500.00 Enter the IHIGH value. When the
Function.
related* A] motor current exceeds this limit, a
bit in the status word is set. This
4-40 Warning Freq. Low
value can also be programmed to
Range: Function:
produce a signal on the digital
Size [ 0 - 500 Hz] Use this parameter for setting a output or the relay output.
related* lower limit for the frequency range.
When the motor speed drops 4-54 Warning Reference Low
below this limit, the display reads
Range: Function:
Speed low. Warning bit 10 is set in
-4999* [-4999 - Enter the low reference limit. When
parameter 16-94 Ext. Status Word.
4999 ] the actual reference drops below
Output relay can be configured to
this limit, the display shows RefLOW.
indicate this warning. LCP warning
Bit 20 is set in parameter 16-94 Ext.
light is not lit when the limit set is
Status Word. The output relay or the
reached.
digital output can be configured to
The value must not exceed the indicate this warning. The LCP
setting in parameter 4-41 Warning warning light is not turned on
Freq. High. when this parameter set limit is
reached.
4-41 Warning Freq. High
Range: Function: 4-55 Warning Reference High
Size [ 0 - 500 Hz] Use this parameter for setting a Range: Function:
related* higher limit for the frequency 4999* [-4999 - Use this parameter to set a high
range. When the motor speed 4999 ] limit for the reference range. When
exceeds this limit, the display reads the actual reference exceeds this
Speed high. Warning bit 9 is set in limit, the display shows RefHIGH. Bit
parameter 16-94 Ext. Status Word. 19 is set in parameter 16-94 Ext.
Output relay can be configured to Status Word. The output relay or the
indicate this warning. LCP warning digital output can be configured to

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 59

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

4-55 Warning Reference High 4-63 Bypass Speed To [Hz]

Range: Function: Range: Function:
indicate this warning. The LCP 0 Hz* [ 0 - 500 Hz] Some systems call for avoiding
warning light is not turned on certain output speeds due to
when this parameter set limit is resonance problems in the system.
reached. Enter the upper limits of the speeds
to be avoided.
4-56 Warning Feedback Low
The bypass speed to must not
4 4 Range:
-4999
Function:
[-4999 - 4999 Use this parameter to set a low
exceed the setting in
parameter 4-14 Motor Speed High
ProcessCtrl ProcessCtrlUnit limit for the feedback range. When Limit [Hz].
Unit* ] the feedback drops below this limit,
the display shows Feedb Low. Bit 6 4.6 Parameters: 5-** Digital In/Out
is set in parameter 16-94 Ext. Status
Word. The output relay or the 5-00 Digital Input Mode
digital output can be configured to Option: Function:
indicate this warning. The LCP Set NPN or PNP mode for digital
warning light is not turned on inputs.
when this parameter set limit is
reached. NOTICE
This parameter cannot be
4-57 Warning Feedback High adjusted while the motor is
Range: Function: running.
4999 [-4999 - 4999 Use this parameter to set a high
ProcessCtrl ProcessCtrlUnit limit for the feedback range. When [0] * PNP Action on positive directional pulses
Unit* ] the feedback exceeds this limit, the (0). PNP systems are pulled down to
display reads Feedb High. Bit 5 is set ground (GND).
in parameter 16-94 Ext. Status Word. [1] NPN Action on negative directional
The output relay or the digital pulses (1). NPN systems are pulled
output can be configured to up to +24 V, internally in the
indicate this warning. The LCP frequency converter.
warning light is not turned on
when this parameter set limit is 5-01 Terminal 27 Mode
reached.
Option: Function:
[0] * Input Defines terminal 27 as a digital
4-58 Missing Motor Phase Function
input.
Option: Function:
[1] Output Defines terminal 27 as a digital
[0] Off No alarm is shown if a missing
output.
motor phase occurs.

[1] * On An alarm is shown if a missing The digital inputs are used for selecting various functions
motor phase occurs. in the frequency converter.

4-61 Bypass Speed From [Hz] 5-10 to 5-15 Digital Inputs

Range: Function: [0] No No reaction to signals transmitted to the
0 Hz* [ 0 - 500 Hz] Some systems call for avoiding operation terminal.
certain output speeds due to [1] Reset Resets frequency converter after a trip/alarm.
resonance problems in the system. Not all alarms can be reset.
Enter the lower limits of the speeds [2] Coast Coasting stop, inverted input (NC). The
to be avoided. inverse frequency converter leaves the motor in free
mode.
The bypass speed from must not
Logic 0⇒coasting stop.
exceed the setting in
[3] Coast and Reset and coasting stop inverted input (NC).
parameter 4-14 Motor Speed High
reset Leaves motor in free mode and resets
Limit [Hz].
inverse frequency converter.
Logic 0⇒coasting stop.

60 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

Logic 1 to Logic 0⇒reset. Function. Logic 0 = external reference active;

[4] Quick stop Inverted input (NC). Generates a stop in logic 1=1 of the 8 preset references is active.
inverse accordance with the quick stop ramp time set [16] Preset ref Preset reference bits 0, 1, and 2 enable the
in parameter 3-81 Quick Stop Ramp Time. When bit 0 selection of 1 of the 8 preset references
the motor stops, the shaft is in free mode. according to Table 4.2.
Logic 0⇒Quick-stop. [17] Preset ref Same as [16] Preset ref bit 0.
[5] DC-brake Inverted input for DC braking (NC). Stops the bit 1
inverse motor by energizing it with a DC current for a [18] Preset ref Same as [16] Preset ref bit 0.

4 4
certain time period. See parameter 2-01 DC bit 2
Brake Current to parameter 2-04 DC Brake Cut In
Speed [Hz]. The function is only active when Preset ref. bit 2 1 0
the value in parameter 2-02 DC Braking Time is Preset ref. 0 0 0 0
different from 0. Logic 0⇒DC braking. Preset ref. 1 0 0 1
[6] Stop NOTICE Preset ref. 2 0 1 0
inverse Preset ref. 3 0 1 1
When the frequency converter is at the
torque limit and has received a stop Preset ref. 4 1 0 0
command, it may not stop by itself. To Preset ref. 5 1 0 1
ensure that the frequency converter Preset ref. 6 1 1 0
stops, configure a digital output to [27] Preset ref. 7 1 1 1
Torque limit and stop and connect this
Table 4.2 Preset Ref. Bit
digital output to a digital input that is
configured as coast.
[19] Freeze Freeze the actual reference, which is now the point
Stop inverted function. Generates a stop
ref of enable/condition for [21] Speed up and [22]
function when the selected terminal goes from
Speed down to be used. If [21] Speed up or [22]
logic 1 to logic 0. The stop is performed
Speed down is used, the speed change always
according to the selected ramp time
follows ramp 2 (parameter 3-51 Ramp 2 Ramp Up
(parameter 3-42 Ramp 1 Ramp Down Time,
Time and parameter 3-52 Ramp 2 Ramp Down Time)
parameter 3-52 Ramp 2 Ramp Down Time,
in the range 0–parameter 3-03 Maximum Reference.
parameter 3-62 Ramp 3 Ramp down Time,
parameter 3-72 Ramp 4 Ramp Down Time).
[20] Freeze NOTICE
output
[8] Start Select start for a start/stop command. Logic When [20] Freeze output is active, the
1=start, logic 0=stop. frequency converter cannot be stopped by
[9] Latched The motor starts when a pulse is applied for setting the signal on [8] Start to low. Stop
start minimum 4 ms. The motor stops when stop the frequency converter via a terminal
commands are given. programmed for [2] Coasting inverse or [3]
[10] Reversing Change the direction of motor shaft rotation.
Coast and reset, inverse.
Select logic 1 to reverse. The reversing signal Freeze the actual motor frequency (Hz), which is
only changes the direction of rotation. It does now the point of enable/condition for [21] Speed
not activate the start function. Select both up and [22] Speed down to be used. If [21] Speed
directions in parameter 4-10 Motor Speed up or [22] Speed down is used, the speed change
Direction. The function is not active in process always follows ramp 2 (parameter 3-51 Ramp 2
closed loop. Ramp Up Time and parameter 3-52 Ramp 2 Ramp
[11] Start Used for start/stop and for reversing on the Down Time) in the range 0–parameter 1-23 Motor
reversing same wire. Signals on start are not allowed at Frequency.
the same time. [21] Speed Select [21] Speed up and [22] Speed down if digital
[12] Enable Disengage the counterclockwise movement up control of the up/down speed is needed (motor
start and allows for the clockwise direction. potentiometer). Activate this function by selecting
forward either [19] Freeze reference or [20] Freeze output.
[13] Enable Disengage the clockwise movement and When speed up/down is activated for less than 400
start allows for the counterclockwise direction. ms, the resulting reference is increased/decreased
reverse by 0.1%. If speed up/down is activated for more
than 400 ms, the resulting reference follows the
[14] Jog Use to activate jog speed. See
setting in ramping up/down parameter 3-51/3-52.
parameter 3-11 Jog Speed [Hz].
[15] Preset Shift between external reference and preset
reference reference. It is assumed that [1] External/preset
on has been selected in parameter 3-04 Reference

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 61

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

Shut down Catch up Preset ramp bit 1 0

Unchanged speed 0 0 Ramp 1 0 0
Reduced by %-value 1 0 Ramp 2 0 1
Increased by %-value 0 1 Ramp 3 1 0
Reduced by %-value 1 1 Ramp 4 1 1

Table 4.3 Shut Down/Catch Up Table 4.4 Preset Ramp Bits

[22] Speed Same as [21] Speed up. [40] Latched A latched precise start only requires a pulse
4 4 down precise of 3 ms on terminals 18 or 19 when using
[23] Set-up Select [23] Set-up select bit 0 or [1] Set-up select start parameter 1-83 Precise Stop Function [1]
select bit bit 1 to select 1 of the 2 set-ups. Set Counter stop with reset or [2] Counter stop
0 parameter 0-10 Active Set-up to [9] Multi Set-up. without reset. When the reference is reached,
[24] Set-up Default digital input 32. Same as [23] Set-up select the frequency converter internally enables the
select bit bit 0. precise stop signal. This means that the
1 frequency converter does the precise stop
[26] Precise Precise stop inverse function is available for when the counter value of
stop inv. terminals 18 or 19. parameter 1-84 Precise Stop Counter Value is
[27] Precise reached.
start [41] Latch prec Send a latched stop signal when the precise
stop stop inv stop function is activated in
[28] Catch up Increase reference value by percentage (relative) parameter 1-83 Precise Stop Function. The
set in parameter 3-12 Catch up/slow Down Value. latched precise stop inverse function is
[29] Slow Reduce reference value by percentage (relative) available for terminals 18 or 19.
down set in parameter 3-12 Catch up/slow Down Value. [45] Latched The motor starts to run reverse when a pulse
[32] Pulse (Terminal 29 or 33 only) Measure the duration start is applied for minimum 4 ms. The motor
input between pulse flanks. This parameter has a reverse stops when stop commands are given.
higher resolution at lower frequencies, but is not [51] External This function makes it possible to give an
as precise at higher frequencies. This principle interlock external fault to the frequency converter. This
has a cut off frequency, which makes it unsuited fault is treated as an internally generated
for encoders with low resolutions (for example 30 alarm.
PPR) at low speeds. [55] DigiPot Increase signal to the digital potentiometer
increase function described in parameter group 3-9*
Speed [rpm] Speed [rpm] Digital Pot. Meter.
130BB462.10

[56] DigiPot Decrease signal to the digital potentiometer

a Time[sec] b Time[sec] decrease function described in parameter group 3-9*
Digital Pot. Meter.
a: Low encoder b: Standard encoder
[57] DigiPot Clear the digital potentiometer reference
resolution resolution
clear described in parameter group 3-9* Digital Pot.
Meter.
Pulse
130BB464.10

Timer
Sample time
[58] DigiPot It’s used to increase the reference (on) or
Time counter
Time Start Read Timer: Read Timer: Hoist freeze the reference (off) in hoist mode.
20 timer tides 20 timer tides

[60] Counter A Input for increment counting in the SLC

Illustration 4.12 Duration Between Pulse (up) counter.
Flanks [61] Counter A Input for decrement counting in the SLC
(down) counter.
[62] Reset Input for reset of counter A.
Counter A
[34] Ramp bit Enable a selection from the 4 ramps available,
0 according to Table 4.4. [63] Counter B Input for increment counting in the SLC
(up) counter.
[35] Ramp bit Same as ramp bit 0.
1 [64] Counter B Input for decrement counting in the SLC
(down) counter.
[65] Reset Input for reset of counter B.
Counter B
[72] PID error Invert the resulting error from the process
inverse PID controller. Available only if
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode is set to

62 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

[6] Surface Winder or [7] Extended PID Speed 5-11 Terminal 19 Digital Input
OL.
Option: Function:
[73] PID reset I- Reset the I-part of the process PID controller.
[10] * Reversing Functions are described in parameter group
part Equivalent to parameter 7-40 Process PID I-part
5-1* Digital Inputs.
Reset. Available only when
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode is set to 5-12 Terminal 27 Digital Input
[6] Surface Winder or [7] Extended PID Speed
Option: Function:
OL.
[2] * Coast inverse Functions are described in parameter group

4 4
[74] PID enable This option enables the extended process PID
5-1* Digital Inputs.
controller. Equivalent to
parameter 7-50 Process PID Extended PID. 5-13 Terminal 29 Digital Input
Available only if parameter 1-00 Configuration Option: Function:
Mode is set to [7] Extended PID Speed OL.
[14] * Jog Functions are described in parameter group
[150] Go To The frequency converter moves to the home
5-1* Digital Inputs.
Home position.
[32] Pulse input
[151] Home Ref. Indicate the status of the home referenced
Switch switch. On means that the home position is 5-14 Terminal 32 Digital Input
reached, off means that the home position is Option: Function:
not reached.
[0] * No operation Functions are described in parameter
[155] HW Limit The positive hardware position limit is
group 5-1* Digital Inputs.
Positive Inv exceeded. This option is active on the falling
[82] Encoder input B
edge.
[156] HW Limit The negative hardware position limit is 5-15 Terminal 33 Digital Input
Negative exceeded. This option is active on the falling Option: Function:
Inv edge.
[0] * No operation Functions are described in parameter
[157] Pos. Quick Stop the frequency converter during
group 5-1* Digital Inputs.
Stop Inv positioning with the ramp time that is set in
[32] Pulse input
parameter 32-81 Motion Ctrl Quick Stop Ramp.
[81] Enocder input A
This option is only effective when
parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to [2] 5-19 Terminal 37/38 Safe Torque Off
Position Control.
Use this parameter to set up the STO functionality. Warning
[160] Go To The frequency converter moves to the target makes the frequency converter coast and enables automatic
Target Pos. position. This option is only effective when restart. Alarm makes the frequency converter coast and requires
parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to [2] a manual restart.
Position Control.
Option: Function:
[162] Pos. Idx Position index bit 0. This option is only
[1] * Safe Torque Coast the frequency converter
Bit0 effective when parameter 37-00 Application
Off Alarm when Safe Torque Off is activated.
Mode is set to [2] Position Control.
Manual reset from LCP, digital input,
[163] Pos. Idx Position index bit 1. This option is only
or fieldbus. This alarm can no
Bit1 effective when parameter 37-00 Application
longer be reset by automatic reset
Mode is set to [2] Position Control.
mode of parameter 14-20 Reset
[164] Pos. Idx Position index bit 2. This option is only
Mode in software 1.2 and further
Bit2 effective when parameter 37-00 Application
versions.
Mode is set to [2] Position Control.
[171] Limit [3] Safe Torque Coast the frequency converter
switch cw Off Warning when Safe Torque Off is activated
inverse (terminal 37 and terminal 38 off).
[172] Limit When Safe Torque Off circuit is
switch ccw reestablished, the frequency
inverse converter continues without manual
reset.
5-10 Terminal 18 Digital Input
Option: Function:
[8] * Start Functions are described in parameter group 5-1*
Digital Inputs.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 63

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

4.6.1 5-3* Digital Outputs [17] Above The output speed is higher than the
frequency, high setting in parameter 4-41 Warning Freq.
The 2 solid-state digital outputs are common for terminal High.
27. Set the I/O function for terminal 27 in [18] Out of The feedback is outside the range set in
parameter 5-01 Terminal 27 Mode. feedback range parameter 4-56 Warning Feedback Low and
parameter 4-57 Warning Feedback High.
Terminal 42 can also be configured as digital outputs. [19] Below feedback The feedback is below the limit set in
low parameter 4-56 Warning Feedback Low.

4 4
[20] Above The feedback is above the limit set in
NOTICE feedback high parameter 4-57 Warning Feedback High.
These parameters cannot be adjusted while the motor is
[21] Thermal The thermal warning turns on when the
running.
warning temperature exceeds the limit in the
motor, the frequency converter, the brake
5-30 Digital Outputs resistor, or the thermistor.
[0] * No operation Default for all digital outputs. [22] Ready, no The frequency converter is ready for
[1] Control ready The control card is ready. thermal operation, and there is no overtem-
[2] Drive ready The frequency converter is ready for warning perature warning.
operation and applies a supply signal on [23] Remote, ready, The frequency converter is ready for
the control board. no thermal operation and is in auto-on mode. There
[3] Drive ready / The frequency converter is ready for warning is no overtemperature warning.
remote control operation and is in auto-on mode. [24] Ready, no The frequency converter is ready for
[4] Stand-by / no Ready for operation. No start or stop overvoltage/ operation and the mains voltage is within
warning command is given (start/disable). No undervoltage the specified voltage range (see chapter
warnings are active. General Specifications in the design guide).
[5] Running The motor is running and shaft torque is [25] Reverse The motor runs (or is ready to run)
present. clockwise when logic=0 and counter-
[6] Running / no The motor is running and there are no clockwise when logic=1. The output
warning warnings. changes when the reversing signal is
[7] Run in range / The motor is running within the applied.
no warning programmed current and speed ranges [26] Bus OK Active communication (no timeout) via
set in parameter 4-50 Warning Current Low the serial communication port.
to parameter 4-51 Warning Current High. [27] Torque limit Use in performing a coast stop and in
There are no warnings. and stop torque limit condition. If the frequency
[8] Run on The motor runs at reference speed. No converter has received a stop signal and
reference / no warnings. is at the torque limit, the signal is logic 0.
warning [28] Brake, no brake The brake is active and there are no
[9] Alarm An alarm activates the output. warning warnings.
[10] Alarm or An alarm or a warning activates the [29] Brake ready, no The brake is ready for operation and
warning output. fault there are no faults.
[11] At torque limit The torque limit set in [30] Brake fault The output is logic 1 when the brake
parameter 4-16 Torque Limit Motor Mode (IGBT) IGBT is short-circuited. Use this function
or parameter 4-17 Torque Limit Generator to protect the frequency converter if
Mode has been exceeded. there is a fault on the brake modules.
[12] Out of current The motor current is outside the range Use the output/relay to cut out the mains
range set in parameter 4-18 Current Limit. voltage from the frequency converter.
[13] Below current, The motor current is lower than set in [31] Relay 123 The relay is activated when [0] Control
low parameter 4-50 Warning Current Low. Word is selected in parameter group 8-**
[14] Above current, The motor current is higher than set in Communications and Options.
high parameter 4-51 Warning Current High. [32] Mechanical Enable control of an external mechanical
[15] Out of Output frequency is outside the brake control brake. See parameter group 2-2*
frequency frequency range. Mechanical Brake for more details.
range [36] Control word
[16] Below The output speed is lower than the bit 11
frequency, low setting in parameter 4-40 Warning Freq. [37] Control word
Low. bit 12

64 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

[40] Out of ref This option is active when the actual [74] Logic Rule 4 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If
range speed is outside the settings in logic rule 4 is evaluated as true, the
parameter 4-54 Warning Reference Low to output goes high. Otherwise, it is low.
parameter 4-55 Warning Reference High. [75] Logic Rule 5 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If
[41] Below This option is active when the actual logic rule 5 is evaluated as true, the
reference low speed is below the speed reference output goes high. Otherwise, it is low.
setting. [80] SL Digital See parameter 13-52 SL Controller Action.
[42] Above This option is active when the actual Output A The output goes high whenever the

4 4
reference high speed is above the speed reference smart logic action [38] Set dig. out. A high
setting. is executed. The output goes low
[43] Extended PID whenever the smart logic action [32] Set
Limit dig. out. A low is executed.
[45] Bus Ctrl Control output via fieldbus. The state of [81] SL Digital See parameter 13-52 SL Controller Action.
the output is set in parameter 5-90 Digital Output B The input goes high whenever the smart
& Relay Bus Control. The output state is logic action [39] Set dig. out. B high is
retained in the event of fieldbus timeout. executed. The input goes low whenever
[46] Bus control, Control output via fieldbus. The state of the smart logic action [33] Set dig. out. B
timeout: On the output is set in parameter 5-90 Digital low is executed.
& Relay Bus Control. When bus timeout [82] SL Digital See parameter 13-52 SL Controller Action.
occurs, the output state is set high (On). Output C The input goes high whenever the smart
[47] Bus Ctrl Off at logic action [40] Set dig. out. C high is
timeout executed. The input goes low whenever
[55] Pulse output the smart logic action [34] Set dig. out. C
[56] Heat sink low is executed.
cleaning [83] SL Digital See parameter 13-52 SL Controller Action.
warning, high Output D The input goes high whenever the smart
[60] Comparator 0 See parameter group 13-1* Comparators. If logic action [41] Set dig. out. D high is
comparator 0 is evaluated as true, the executed. The input goes low whenever
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. the smart logic action [35] Set dig. out. D
[61] Comparator 1 See parameter group 13-1* Comparators. If low is executed.
comparator 1 is evaluated as true, the [91] Encoder
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. emulate output
[62] Comparator 2 See parameter group 13-1* Comparators. If A
comparator 2 is evaluated as true, the [160] No alarm The output is high when no alarm is
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. present.
[63] Comparator 3 See parameter group 13-1* Comparators. If [161] Running The output is high when the frequency
comparator 3 is evaluated as true, the reverse converter is running counterclockwise
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. (the logical product of the status bits
[64] Comparator 4 See parameter group 13-1* Comparators. If Running AND Reverse).
comparator 4 is evaluated as true, the [165] Local ref active
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. [166] Remote ref
[65] Comparator 5 See parameter group 13-1* Comparators. If active
comparator 5 is evaluated as true, the [167] Start command The output is high when there is an
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. active active start command, and no stop
[70] Logic Rule 0 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If command is active.
logic rule 0 is evaluated as true, the [168] Drive in hand The output is high when the frequency
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. mode converter is in hand-on mode.
[71] Logic Rule 1 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If [169] Drive in auto The output is high when the frequency
logic rule 1 is evaluated as true, the mode converter is in auto-on mode.
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. [170] Homing The homing operation is completed. This
[72] Logic Rule 2 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If Completed option is only effective when
logic rule 2 is evaluated as true, the parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. [2] Position Control.
[73] Logic Rule 3 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If [171] Target Position The target position is reached. This
logic rule 3 is evaluated as true, the Reached option is only effective when
output goes high. Otherwise, it is low. parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to
[2] Position Control.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 65

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

[172] Position A fault occurred in the positioning 5-40 Function Relay

Control Fault process. Refer to parameter 37-18 Pos. Ctrl
Option: Function:
Fault Reason for details about the fault.
[8] Run on ref/no The motor runs at reference speed. No
This option is only effective when
warn warnings.
parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to
[9] Alarm An alarm activates the output.
[2] Position Control.
[10] Alarm or An alarm or warning activates the output.
[173] Position Mech Select mechanical control for positioning.
warning
Brake This option is only effective when
[11] At torque The torque limit set in
parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to
4 4 [2] Position Control.
limit parameter 4-16 Torque Limit Motor Mode or
parameter 4-17 Torque Limit Generator Mode
[190] STO function
has been exceeded.
active
[12] Out of The motor current is outside the range set
[193] Sleep mode The frequency converter/system has
current range in parameter 4-18 Current Limit.
entered sleep mode. See parameter group
[13] Below The motor current is lower than set in
22-4* Sleep Mode.
current, low parameter 4-50 Warning Current Low.
[194] Broken Belt A broken-belt condition has been
[14] Above The motor current is higher than set in
Function detected. See parameter group 22-4* Sleep
current, high parameter 4-51 Warning Current High.
Mode.
[15] Out of The output speed/frequency exceeds the
[239] STO function
frequency limit that is set in parameter 4-40 Warning
fault
range Freq. Low and parameter 4-41 Warning Freq.
5-34 On Delay, Digital Output High.
Range: Function: [16] Below The output frequency is lower than the
frequency, setting in parameter 4-40 Warning Freq.
0.01 s* [0 - 600 s]
low Low.
5-35 Off Delay, Digital Output [17] Above The frequency is higher than the setting in
Range: Function: frequency, parameter 4-41 Warning Freq. High.
high
0.01 s* [0 - 600 s]
[18] Out of feedb. The feedback is outside the range set in
range parameter 4-56 Warning Feedback Low and
4.6.2 5-4* Relay parameter 4-57 Warning Feedback High.
[19] Below The feedback is below the limit set in
Parameters for configuring the timing and the output feedback, low parameter 4-56 Warning Feedback Low.
functions for the relay.
[20] Above The feedback is above the limit set in
feedback, parameter 4-57 Warning Feedback High.
The parameter shows 1 relay. high
5-40 Function Relay [21] Thermal Thermal warning turns on when the
warning temperature exceeds the limit within the
Option: Function:
motor, frequency converter, brake resistor,
[0] No operation Default setting for all digital outputs.
or connected resistor.
[1] * Control Ready The control card is ready.
[22] Ready, no The frequency converter is ready for
[2] Drive ready The frequency converter is ready to
thermal operation, and there is no overtemperature
operate. Mains and control supplies are
warning warning.
OK.
[23] Remote, The frequency converter is ready for
[3] Drive rdy/rem The frequency converter is ready for
ready, no TW operation and is in auto-on mode. There is
ctrl operation and is in auto-on mode.
no overtemperature warning.
[4] Stand-by / no Ready for operation. No start or stop
[24] Ready, no The frequency converter is ready for
warning commands have been applied. No
over-/ under operation, and the mains voltage is within
warnings are active.
voltage the specified voltage range.
[5] Running The motor runs, and a shaft torque is
[25] Reverse The motor runs (or is ready to run)
present.
clockwise when logic=0 and counter-
[6] Running / no The motor is running and no warnings are clockwise when logic=1. The output
warning present. changes when the reversing signal is
[7] Run in The motor runs within the programmed applied.
range/no current ranges set in [26] Bus OK Active communication (no timeout) via the
warn parameter 4-50 Warning Current Low. serial communication port.

66 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

5-40 Function Relay 5-40 Function Relay

Option: Function: Option: Function:
[27] Torque limit & Use for performing a coasted stop for [46] Bus control, Control output via bus. The state of the
stop frequency converter in torque limit timeout: On output is set in parameter 5-90 Digital &
condition. If the frequency converter has Relay Bus Control. When a bus timeout
received a stop signal and is in torque occurs, the output state is set high (on).
limit, the signal is logic=0. [47] Bus control, Control output via bus. The state of the
[28] Brake, no The brake is active, and there are no timeout: Off output is set in parameter 5-90 Digital &
brake
warning
warnings. Relay Bus Control. When a bus timeout
occurs, the output state is set low (off).
4 4
[29] Brake ready, The brake is ready for operation, and there [56] Heat sink
no fault are no faults. cleaning
[30] Brake fault The output is logic=1 when the brake IGBT warning, high
(IGBT) is short-circuited. Use this function to [60] Comparator 0 See parameter group 13-1* Smart Logic
protect the frequency converter if there is Control. If comparator 0 in SLC is true, the
a fault on the brake module. Use the output goes high. Otherwise, it goes low.
digital output/relay to cut out the mains [61] Comparator 1 See parameter group 13-1* Smart Logic
voltage from the frequency converter. Control. If comparator 1 in SLC is true, the
[31] Relay 123 Digital output/relay is activated when [0] output goes high. Otherwise, it goes low.
Control word is selected in parameter group [62] Comparator 2 See parameter group 13-1* Smart Logic
8-** Comm. and Options. Control. If comparator 2 in SLC is true, the
[32] Mech brake Selection of mechanical brake control. output goes high. Otherwise, it goes low.
ctrl When the parameters selected in [63] Comparator 3 See parameter group 13-1* Smart Logic
parameter group 2-2* Mechanical Brake are Control. If comparator 3 in SLC is true, the
active, reinforce the output to carry the output goes high. Otherwise, it goes low.
current for the coil in the brake. This issue [64] Comparator 4 See parameter group 13-1* Smart Logic
is solved by connecting an external relay Control. If comparator 4 in SLC is true, the
to the selected digital output. output goes high. Otherwise, it goes low.
[36] Control word Activate relay 1 by a control word from the [65] Comparator 5 See parameter group 13-1* Smart Logic
bit 11 fieldbus. No other functional impact on the Control. If comparator 5 in SLC is true, the
frequency converter. Typical application: output goes high. Otherwise, it goes low.
Controlling an auxiliary device from a [70] Logic rule 0 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If
fieldbus. The function is valid when [0] FC logic rule 0 in SLC is true, the output goes
Profile is selected in parameter 8-10 Control high. Otherwise, it goes low.
Word Profile. [71] Logic rule 1 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If
[37] Control word Activate relay 2 by a control word from the logic rule 1 in SLC is true, the output goes
bit 12 fieldbus. No other functional impact on the high. Otherwise, it goes low.
frequency converter. Typical application: [72] Logic rule 2 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If
Controlling an auxiliary device from a logic rule 2 in SLC is true, the output goes
fieldbus. The function is valid when [0] FC high. Otherwise, it goes low.
Profile is selected in parameter 8-10 Control [73] Logic rule 3 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If
Word Profile. logic rule 3 in SLC is true, the output goes
[40] Out of ref Active when the actual speed is outside high. Otherwise, it goes low.
range the settings in parameter 4-54 Warning [74] Logic rule 4 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If
Reference Low and parameter 4-55 Warning logic rule 4 in SLC is true, the output goes
Reference High. high. Otherwise, it goes low.
[41] Below Active when the actual speed is below the [75] Logic rule 5 See parameter group 13-4* Logic Rules. If
reference, low speed reference setting. logic rule 5 in SLC is true, the output goes
[42] Above ref, Active when the actual speed is above the high. Otherwise, it goes low.
high speed reference setting. [80] SL digital See parameter 13-52 SL Controller Action.
[45] Bus ctrl. Control the digital output/relay via bus. output A Output A is low on [32] Smart Logic Action.
The state of the output is set in Output A is high on [38] Smart Logic
parameter 5-90 Digital & Relay Bus Control. Action.
The output state is retained in the event of [81] SL digital See parameter 13-52 SL Controller Action.
a bus timeout. output B Output B is low on [32] Smart Logic Action.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 67

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

5-40 Function Relay 5-40 Function Relay

Option: Function: Option: Function:
Output B is high on [38] Smart Logic [239] STO Function
Action. Fault
[82] SL digital See parameter 13-52 SL Controller Action.
5-41 On Delay, Relay
output C Output C is low on [32] Smart Logic Action.
Output C is high on [38] Smart Logic Range: Function:
Action. 0.01 s* [0 - 600 s] Enter the delay of the relay cut-in

4 4 [83] SL digital
output D
See parameter 13-52 SL Controller Action.
Output D is low on [32] Smart Logic Action.
time. The relay only cuts in if the
condition in
Output D is high on [38] Smart Logic parameter 5-40 Function Relay is
Action. uninterrupted during the specified
[160] No alarm The output is high when no alarm is time.
present.

130BA171.10
[161] Running The output is high when the frequency
Selected
reverse converter is running counterclockwise (the Event
logical product of the status bits Running
AND Reverse). Relay
[165] Local ref output

active On Delay Off Delay

P 5-41 P 5-42
[166] Remote ref
active
Selected
[167] Start The output is high when there is an active
Event
command start command, and no stop command is
activ active.
Relay
[168] Drive in hand The output is high when the frequency output
mode converter is in hand-on mode.
On Delay
[169] Drive in auto The output is high when the frequency
P 5-41
mode converter is in auto-on mode.
Illustration 4.13 On Delay, Relay
[170] Homing The homing operation is completed. This
Completed option is only effective when
parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to
[2] Position Control. 5-42 Off Delay, Relay
[171] Target The target position is reached. This option Range: Function:
Position is only effective when 0.01 s* [0 - 600 s] Enter the delay of the relay cutout
Reached parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to time.
[2] Position Control.
130BA172.10

[172] Position A fault occurred in the positioning process.

Control Fault Refer to parameter 37-18 Pos. Ctrl Fault
Reason for details about the fault. This Selected
Event
option is only effective when
parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to
[2] Position Control. Relay
output
[173] Position Mech Select mechanical control for positioning.
Brake This option is only effective when
On Delay Off Delay
parameter 37-00 Application Mode is set to
P 5-41 P 5-42
[2] Position Control.
Illustration 4.14 Off Delay, Relay
[190] STO function
active
[193] Sleep Mode The frequency converter/system has
If the selected event condition changes before the on- or
entered sleep mode. See parameter group
off delay timer expires, the relay output is unaffected.
22-4* Sleep Mode.
[194] Broken Belt A broken-belt condition has been
Function detected. See parameter group 22-4* Sleep
Mode.

68 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

4.6.3 5-5* Pulse Input 5-53 Term. 29 High Ref./Feedb. Value

Range: Function:
The pulse input parameters are used to define an Size [-4999 - Enter the high reference value [Hz]
appropriate window for the impulse reference area by related* 4999 ] for the motor shaft speed, and the
configuring the scaling and filter settings for the pulse high feedback value. See also
inputs. Input terminals 29 or 33 act as frequency reference parameter 5-58 Term. 33 High Ref./
inputs. Set terminal 29 (parameter 5-13 Terminal 29 Digital Feedb. Value. Select terminal 29 as a
Input) or terminal 33 (parameter 5-15 Terminal 33 Digital digital input

4 4
Input) to [32] Pulse input. If terminal 29 is used as an input, (parameter 5-02 Terminal 29 Mode =
then set parameter 5-02 Terminal 29 Mode to [0] Input. [0] Input (default) and
parameter 5-13 Terminal 29 Digital

130BD377.10
Ref. Input = applicable value).

High
ref. 5-55 Term. 33 Low Frequency
value
P 5-53/
p 5-58 Range: Function:
4 Hz* [0 - 31999 Enter the low frequency
Hz] corresponding to the low motor
shaft speed (which is low reference
value) in parameter 5-57 Term. 33
Low
ref. Low Ref./Feedb. Value.
value
P 5-52/
p 5-57 Low freq. High freq. Input
P 5-50/ P 5-51/ (Hz) 5-56 Term. 33 High Frequency
P 5-55 P 5-56
Illustration 4.15 Pulse Input Range: Function:
32000 Hz* [1 - 32000 Enter the high frequency
Hz] corresponding to the high motor
shaft speed (that is high reference
5-50 Term. 29 Low Frequency
value) in parameter 5-58 Term. 33
Range: Function: High Ref./Feedb. Value.
4 Hz* [0 - 31999 Enter the low frequency limit
Hz] corresponding to the low motor 5-57 Term. 33 Low Ref./Feedb. Value
shaft speed (that is low reference
Range: Function:
value) in parameter 5-52 Term. 29
0* [-4999 - Enter the low reference value [Hz]
Low Ref./Feedb. Value. Refer to
4999 ] for the motor shaft speed. This
Illustration 4.15.
value is also the low feedback
value. See also parameter 5-52 Term.
5-51 Term. 29 High Frequency
29 Low Ref./Feedb. Value.
Range: Function:
32000 Hz* [1 - 32000 Enter the high frequency limit 5-58 Term. 33 High Ref./Feedb. Value
Hz] corresponding to the high motor
Range: Function:
shaft speed (which is high reference
Size [-4999 - Enter the high reference value [Hz]
value) in parameter 5-53 Term. 29
related* 4999 ] for the motor shaft speed. See also
High Ref./Feedb. Value.
parameter 5-53 Term. 29 High Ref./
Feedb. Value.
5-52 Term. 29 Low Ref./Feedb. Value
Range: Function: 5-60 Terminal 27 Pulse Output Variable
0* [-4999 - Enter the low reference value limit
Select the desired output on terminal 27.
4999 ] for the motor shaft speed [Hz]. This
Option: Function:
value is also the lowest feedback
value. See also parameter 5-57 Term. [0] * No operation
33 Low Ref./Feedb. Value. Set [45] Bus ctrl.
terminal 29 to digital input [48] Bus ctrl.,
(parameter 5-02 Terminal 29 Mode = timeout
[0] Input and [100] Output
parameter 5-13 Terminal 29 Digital frequency
Input = applicable value). [101] Reference

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 69

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

5-60 Terminal 27 Pulse Output Variable 5-90 Digital & Relay Bus Control
Select the desired output on terminal 27. Range: Function:
Option: Function: A logical 1 indicates that the
[102] Process output is high or active.
Feedback A logical 0 indicates that the
[103] Motor Current output is low or inactive.

[104] Torque rel to

limit Bit 0 Digital Output Terminal 27

4 4 [105] Torq relate to Bit 1–3

Bit 4
Reserved
Relay 1 output terminal
rated
[106] Power Bit 6–23 Reserved
[107] Speed Bit 24 Terminal 42 digital output
[109] Max Out Freq Bit 26–31 Reserved
[113] PID Clamped
Table 4.5 Bit Functions
Output

5-62 Pulse Output Max Freq 27 5-93 Pulse Out 27 Bus Control
Range: Function: Range: Function:
5000 Hz* [4 - 32000 Set the maximum frequency for 0 %* [0 - 100 %] Set the output frequency
Hz] terminal 27, corresponding to the transferred to the output terminal
output variable selected in 27 when the terminal is configured
parameter 5-60 Terminal 27 Pulse as [45] Bus Controlled in
Output Variable. parameter 5-60 Terminal 27 Pulse
Output Variable.
5-70 Term 32/33 Pulses Per Revolution
Range: Function: 5-94 Pulse Out 27 Timeout Preset
1024* [1 - 4096 ] Set the encoder pulses per Range: Function:
revolution on the motor shaft. Read 0 %* [0 - 100 %] Set the output frequency
the correct value from the encoder. transferred to the output terminal
27 when the terminal is configured
5-71 Term 32/33 Encoder Direction as [48] Bus Ctrl Timeout in
Option: Function: parameter 5-60 Terminal 27 Pulse
Output Variable and a timeout is
NOTICE detected.
This parameter cannot be
adjusted while the motor is 4.7 Parameters: 6-** Analog In/Out
running.
6-00 Live Zero Timeout Time
Change the detected encoder Range: Function:
rotation direction without changing 10 s* [1 - 99 s] Enter the timeout time.
the wiring to the encoder.

[0] * Clockwise Set channel A 90° (electrical 6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function
degrees) behind channel B after Option: Function:
clockwise rotation of the encoder Select the timeout function. The
shaft. function set in parameter 6-01 Live
[1] Counter Set channel A 90° (electrical Zero Timeout Function is activated if
clockwise degrees) ahead of channel B after the input signal on terminal 53 or
clockwise rotation of the encoder 54 is below 50% of the value in
shaft. parameter 6-10 Terminal 53 Low
Voltage, parameter 6-20 Terminal 54
5-90 Digital & Relay Bus Control Low Voltage, or
Range: Function: parameter 6-22 Terminal 54 Low
Current for a time period defined in
0* [0 - This parameter holds the state of
parameter 6-00 Live Zero Timeout
0xFFFFFFFF ] the bus-controlled digital outputs
Time.
and relays.

70 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function 6-15 Terminal 53 High Ref./Feedb. Value
Option: Function: Range: Function:
[0] * Off Size [-4999 - Enter the reference or feedback
[1] Freeze output related* 4999 ] value that corresponds to the
[2] Stop voltage or current set in
[3] Jogging parameter 6-11 Terminal 53 High
[4] Max. speed Voltage.
[5] Stop and trip

Ref./Feedback
6-16 Terminal 53 Filter Time Constant
Range: Function:
4 4

130BD378.11
0.01 s* [0.01 - 10 s] Enter the time constant. This
Par 6-xx constant is a first-order digital low-
High Ref./ 50
pass filter time constant for
Feedb. Value'
40 suppressing electrical noise in
terminal 53. A high time constant
30
value improves dampening, but
20 also increases the time delay
through the filter.
Par 6-xx 10
Low Ref./ 5
Feedb. Value' 6-18 Terminal 53 Digital Input
1V 5V 10 V [V]
Option: Function:
Par 6-xx Analog input
'Low Voltage'or [0] * No operation
'Low Current' [1] Reset
Par 6-xx
[2] Coast inverse
'High Voltage'or
'High Current' [3] Coast and
Illustration 4.16 Timeout Function reset inverse
[4] Quick stop
inverse
[5] DC-brake
6-10 Terminal 53 Low Voltage
inverse
Range: Function: [6] Stop inverse
0.07 V* [0 - 10 V] Enter the voltage (V) that [8] Start
corresponds to [10] Reversing
parameter 6-14 Terminal 53 Low Ref./
[11] Start reversing
Feedb. Value. To activate
[12] Enable start
parameter 6-01 Live Zero Timeout
forward
Function, set the value to >1 V.
[13] Enable start
reverse
6-11 Terminal 53 High Voltage
[14] Jog
Range: Function:
[15] Preset
10 V* [0 - 10 V] Enter the voltage (V) that reference on
corresponds to the high reference [16] Preset ref bit 0
value (set in
[17] Preset ref bit 1
parameter 6-15 Terminal 53 High
[18] Preset ref bit 2
Ref./Feedb. Value).
[19] Freeze
reference
6-14 Terminal 53 Low Ref./Feedb. Value
[20] Freeze output
Range: Function: [21] Speed up
0* [-4999 - Enter the reference or feedback [22] Speed down
4999 ] value that corresponds to the [23] Set-up select
voltage or current set in bit 0
parameter 6-10 Terminal 53 Low
[24] Set-up select
Voltage.
bit 1
[28] Catch up
[29] Slow down

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 71

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

6-18 Terminal 53 Digital Input 6-21 Terminal 54 High Voltage

Option: Function: Range: Function:
[34] Ramp bit 0 10 V* [0 - 10 V] Enter the voltage (V) that
[35] Ramp bit 1 corresponds to the high reference
[51] External value (set in
Interlock parameter 6-25 Terminal 54 High
[55] DigiPot Ref./Feedb. Value).
increase

4 4 [56] DigiPot
decrease
6-22 Terminal 54 Low Current
Range: Function:
[57] DigiPot clear 4 mA* [0 - 20 mA] Enter the low current value. This
[58] DigiPot Hoist reference signal corresponds to the
[72] PID error low reference/feedback value set in
inverse parameter 6-24 Terminal 54 Low Ref./
[73] PID reset I Feedb. Value. To activate the live
part zero timeout function in
[74] PID enable parameter 6-01 Live Zero Timeout
[150] Go To Home Function, set the value to >2 mA.
[151] Home Ref.
Switch 6-23 Terminal 54 High Current
[155] HW Limit Range: Function:
Positive Inv 20 mA* [0 - 20 mA] Enter the high current value
[156] HW Limit corresponding to the high
Negative Inv reference/feedback value set in
[157] Pos. Quick parameter 6-25 Terminal 54 High
Stop Inv Ref./Feedb. Value.
[160] Go To Target
Pos. 6-24 Terminal 54 Low Ref./Feedb. Value
[162] Pos. Idx Bit0 Range: Function:
[163] Pos. Idx Bit1 0* [-4999 - Enter the reference or feedback
[164] Pos. Idx Bit2 4999 ] value that corresponds to the
[171] Limit switch voltage or current set in
cw inverse parameter 6-21 Terminal 54 High
[172] Limit switch Voltage/parameter 6-22 Terminal 54
ccw inverse Low Current.

6-19 Terminal 53 mode 6-25 Terminal 54 High Ref./Feedb. Value

Select the terminal 53 input mode. Range: Function:
Option: Function: Size [-4999 - Enter the reference or feedback
[1] * Voltage mode related* 4999 ] value that corresponds to the
[6] Digital input voltage or current set in
parameter 6-21 Terminal 54 High
6-20 Terminal 54 Low Voltage Voltage/parameter 6-23 Terminal 54
Range: Function: High Current.
0.07 V* [0 - 10 V] Enter the voltage (V) that
corresponds to the low reference 6-26 Terminal 54 Filter Time Constant
value (set in Range: Function:
parameter 6-24 Terminal 54 Low Ref./
0.01 s* [0.01 - 10 s] Enter the time constant, which is a
Feedb. Value). To activate
first-order digital low-pass filter
parameter 6-01 Live Zero Timeout
time constant for suppressing
Function, set the value to >1 V.
electrical noise in terminal 54. A
high time constant value improves
dampening, but also increases the
time delay through the filter.

72 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

6-29 Terminal 54 mode 6-93 Terminal 42 Output Min Scale

Option: Function: Range: Function:
Select if terminal 54 is used for at terminal 42. Set the value to be
current input or voltage input. the percentage of the full range of
the variable selected in
[0] Current mode
parameter 6-91 Terminal 42 Analog
[1] * Voltage mode
Output.
6-90 Terminal 42 Mode
Option: Function:
6-94 Terminal 42 Output Max Scale
Range: Function:
4 4
Set terminal 42 to act as analog
output or as digital output. When 100 %* [0 - 200 %] Scale for maximum output (20 mA)
digital output is set, terminal 42 of the scaling at terminal 42. Set
outputs 0 mA as OFF or 20 mA as the value to be the percentage of
ON. External resistor (≥1 kΩ) should the full range of the variable
be connected between terminals 42 selected in parameter 6-91 Terminal
and 55. 42 Analog Output.

130BB772.10
[0] * 0-20 mA Current
(mA)
[1] 4-20 mA
20
[2] Digital Output

6-91 Terminal 42 Analog Output

Option: Function: 0/4

[0] * No operation 0% Analog Analog 100% Variable

output Output for
[100] Output Min Scale Max Scale output
frequency par. 6-93 par. 6-94 example:
Power
[101] Reference
[102] Process Illustration 4.17 Output Scale
Feedback versus Current
[103] Motor Current
[104] Torque rel to
limit
6-96 Terminal 42 Output Bus Control
[105] Torq relate to
rated Range: Function:
[106] Power 0* [0 - 16384 ] Hold the analog output at terminal
[107] Speed 42 if controlled by bus. This
[111] Speed parameter is N2 format.
Feedback
[113] PID Clamped 4.8 Parameters: 7-** Controllers
Output
7-00 Speed PID Feedback Source
[139] Bus Control
[143] Ext. CL 1 Option: Function:
[254] DC Link NOTICE
Voltage This parameter cannot be
changed while the motor is
6-92 Terminal 42 Digital Output
running.
Option: Function:
See chapter 4.6.1 5-3* Digital Outputs for Select feedback source for speed CL
each option and description. control.
[0] * No operation
[1] 24V encoder
[198] Drive Bypass
[6] Analog Input
6-93 Terminal 42 Output Min Scale 53
Range: Function: [7] Analog Input
54
0 %* [0 - 200 %] Scale for the minimum output (0
mA or 4 mA) of the analog signal

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 73

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

7-00 Speed PID Feedback Source 7-04 Speed PID Differentiation Time
Option: Function: Range: Function:
[8] Frequency changes, the stronger the gain from
input 29 the differentiator. The gain is
[9] Frequency proportional with the speed at
input 33 which errors change. Setting this
[20] * None parameter to 0 disables the differ-
entiator. This parameter is used

4 4 7-02 Speed PID Proportional Gain

Range: Function:
with parameter 1-00 Configuration
Mode [1] Speed closed loop control.
0.015* [0 - 1 ] Enter the speed controller propor-
tional gain. The proportional gain 7-05 Speed PID Diff. Gain Limit
amplifies the error (that is the Range: Function:
deviation between the feedback 5* [1 - 20 ] Set a limit for the gain provided by
signal and the setpoint). This the differentiator. Since the differ-
parameter is used with ential gain increases at higher
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode frequencies, limiting the gain may
[1] Speed closed loop control. Quick be useful. For example, set up a
control is obtained at high amplifi- pure D-link at low frequencies and
cation. However, if the amplification a constant D-link at higher
is too high, the process may frequencies. This parameter is used
become unstable. with parameter 1-00 Configuration
Mode [1] Speed closed loop control.
7-03 Speed PID Integral Time
Range: Function: 7-06 Speed PID Lowpass Filter Time
8 ms* [2 - 20000 Enter the speed controller integral Range: Function:
ms] time, which determines the time 10 ms* [1 - 6000 ms] NOTICE
the internal PID control takes to
Severe filtering can be
correct errors. The greater the error,
detrimental to dynamic
the more quickly the gain increases.
performance.
The integral time causes a delay of
the signal, and therefore a
dampening effect, and can be used Set a time constant for the speed
to eliminate steady-state speed control low-pass filter. The low-pass
error. Obtain quick control through filter improves steady-state
a short integral time, though if the performance and dampens
integral time is too short, the oscillations on the feedback signal.
process becomes unstable. An This parameter is used with
excessively long integral time parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode
disables the integral action, leading [1] Speed closed loop. This
to major deviations from the parameter is useful if there is a
required reference, since the great amount of noise in the
process regulator takes too long to system, see Illustration 4.18. For
regulate errors. This parameter is example, if a time constant (τ) of
used with [1] Speed closed loop 100 ms is programmed, the cutoff
control set in parameter 1-00 Config- frequency for the low-pass filter is
uration Mode. 1/0.1=10 RAD/s, corresponding to
(10/2 x π)=1.6 Hz. The PID regulator
7-04 Speed PID Differentiation Time only regulates a feedback signal
that varies by a frequency of less
Range: Function:
than 1.6 Hz. If the feedback signal
30 ms* [0 - 200 ms] Enter the speed controller differen- varies by a higher frequency than
tiation time. The differentiator does 1.6 Hz, the PID regulator does not
not react to constant error. It react.
provides gain proportional to the Practical settings of
rate of change of the speed parameter 7-06 Speed PID Lowpass
feedback. The quicker the error Filter Time taken from the number

74 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

7-06 Speed PID Lowpass Filter Time 7-08 Speed PID Feed Forward Factor
Range: Function: Range: Function:
of pulses per revolutions from 0 %* [0 - 500 %] The reference signal bypasses the
encoder: speed controller by the amount
specified. This feature increases the
Encoder PPR Parameter 7-06
dynamic performance of the speed
Speed PID
control loop.
Lowpass Filter

4 4
Time
7-12 Torque PID Proportional Gain
512 10 ms
Range: Function:
1024 5 ms
100 %* [0 - 500 %] Enter the proportional gain value
2048 2 ms
for the torque controller. Selection
4096 1 ms
of a high value makes the
controller react faster. Too high a
Feedback
175ZA293.11 setting leads to controller
Disturbed feedback signal
instability.

7-13 Torque PID Integration Time

Range: Function:
0.020 s* [0.002 - 2 s] Enter the integration time for the
torque controller. The lower the
integration time, the faster the
0.6 t (Sec.)

controller reacts. However, too low

Lowpass filter a setting leads to controller
fg = 10 Hz instability.
Feedback

7-20 Process CL Feedback 1 Resource

Filtered feedback signal

Option: Function:
The effective feedback signal is
made up of the sum of up to 2
different input signals. Select which
input is treated as the source of the
1st of these signals. The 2nd input
0.6 t (Sec.) signal is defined in
Illustration 4.18 Feedback Signal parameter 7-22 Process CL Feedback
2 Resource.

[0] * No function

7-07 Speed PID Feedback Gear Ratio [1] Analog Input

53
Range: Function:
[2] Analog Input
1* [0.0001 - 32 ]
130BA871.10

54

n1 n2
[3] Frequency
input 29
Motor
[4] Frequency
Par 7-07=1.00 Par 7-07=n1/n2 input 33

Illustration 4.19 Speed PID 7-22 Process CL Feedback 2 Resource

Feedback Gear Ratio
Option: Function:
The effective feedback signal is
made up of the sum of up to 2
The frequency converter multiplies
different input signals. Select which
the speed feedback by this ratio.
input is treated as the source of the
2nd of these signals. The 1st input
signal is defined in

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 75

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

7-22 Process CL Feedback 2 Resource 7-34 Process PID Integral Time

Option: Function: Range: Function:
parameter 7-20 Process CL Feedback 9999 s* [0.10 - 9999 Enter the PID integral time. The
1 Resource. s] integrator provides an increasing
gain at a constant error between
[0] * No function
the setpoint and the feedback
[1] Analog Input
signal. The integral time is the time
53
needed by the integrator to reach
[2] Analog Input
4 4 54
the same gain as the proportional
gain.
[3] Frequency
input 29
7-35 Process PID Differentiation Time
[4] Frequency
Range: Function:
input 33
0 s* [0 - 20 s] Enter the PID differentiation time.
7-30 Process PID Normal/ Inverse Control The differentiator does not react to
Option: Function: a constant error, but provides a
Normal and inverse controls are gain only when the error changes.
implemented by introducing a The shorter the PID differentiation
difference between the reference time, the stronger the gain from
signal and the feedback signal. the differentiator.

[0] * Normal Set process control to increase the 7-36 Process PID Diff. Gain Limit
output frequency.
Range: Function:
[1] Inverse Set process control to decrease the 5* [1 - 50 ] Enter a limit for the differentiator
output frequency. gain. If there is no limit, the differ-
entiator gain increases when there
7-31 Process PID Anti Windup are fast changes. To obtain a pure
Option: Function: differentiator gain at slow changes
[0] Off Continue regulation of an error and a constant differentiator gain
even when the output frequency where fast changes occur, limit the
cannot be increased or decreased. differentiator gain.

[1] * On Cease regulation of an error when

7-38 Process PID Feed Forward Factor
the output frequency can no longer
be adjusted. Range: Function:
0 %* [0 - 200 %] Enter the PID feed forward (FF)
7-32 Process PID Start Speed factor. The FF factor sends a
Range: Function: constant fraction of the reference
signal to bypass the PID control, so
0 RPM* [0 - 6000 Enter the motor speed to be
the PID control only affects the
RPM] attained as a start signal for
remaining fraction of the control
commencement of PID control.
signal. Any change to this
When the power is switched on,
parameter affects the motor speed.
the frequency converter starts to
When the FF factor is activated, it
ramp and then operates under
provides less overshoot, and high
speed open-loop control. When the
dynamics when changing the
process PID start speed is reached,
setpoint. Parameter 7-38 Process PID
the frequency converter changes to
Feed Forward Factor is active when
process PID control.
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode
is set to [3] Process.
7-33 Process PID Proportional Gain
Range: Function: 7-39 On Reference Bandwidth
0.01* [0 - 10 ] Enter the PID proportional gain. The
Range: Function:
proportional gain multiplies the
5 %* [0 - 200 %] Enter the on-reference bandwidth.
error between the setpoint and the
When the PID control error (the
feedback signal.
difference between the reference

76 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

7-39 On Reference Bandwidth 7-45 Process PID Feed Fwd Resource

Range: Function: Option: Function:
and the feedback) is less than the Select which frequency converter
value of this parameter, the on- input is used as the feed-forward
reference status bit is 1. factor. The FF factor is added
directly to the output of the PID
7-40 Process PID I-part Reset controller. This parameter can
Option: Function: increase dynamic performance.

[0] * No
The feed-forward set from bus
should be in N2 format.
4 4
[1] Yes Select [1] Yes to reset the I-part of
the process PID controller. The [0] * No function
selection automatically returns to [1] Analog Input
[0] No. Resetting the I-part makes it 53
possible to start from a well- [2] Analog Input
defined point after changing 54
something in the process, for [7] Frequency
example changing a textile roll. input 29
[8] Frequency
7-41 Process PID Output Neg. Clamp input 33
Range: Function: [11] Local bus
-100 %* [ -100 - Enter a negative limit for the reference
100 %] process PID controller output. [32] Bus PCD

7-42 Process PID Output Pos. Clamp 7-46 Process PID Feed Fwd Normal/ Inv. Ctrl.

Range: Function: Option: Function:

[0] * Normal Select [0] Normal to set the feed-
100 %* [ -100 - Enter a positive limit for the process
forward factor to treat the FF
100 %] PID controller output.
resource as a positive value.

7-43 Process PID Gain Scale at Min. Ref. [1] Inverse Select [1] Inverse to treat the feed-
Range: Function: forward resource as a negative
value.
100 %* [0 - 100 %] Enter a scaling percentage to apply
to the process PID output when
operating at the minimum
7-48 PCD Feed Forward
reference. The scaling percentage is Range: Function:
adjusted linearly between the scale 0* [0 - 65535 ] Readout parameter where the bus
at minimum reference parameter 7-45 Process PID Feed Fwd
(parameter 7-43 Process PID Gain Resource [32] can be read.
Scale at Min. Ref.) and the scale at The feed forward set from bus
maximum reference should be in N2 format.
(parameter 7-44 Process PID Gain
Scale at Max. Ref.). 7-49 Process PID Output Normal/ Inv. Ctrl.
Option: Function:
7-44 Process PID Gain Scale at Max. Ref.
[0] * Normal Select [0] Normal to use the
Range: Function: resulting output from the process
100 %* [0 - 100 %] Enter a scaling percentage to apply PID controller as is.
to the process PID output when
[1] Inverse Select [1] Inverse to invert the
operating at the maximum
resulting output from the process
reference. The scaling percentage is
PID controller. This operation is
adjusted linearly between the scale
performed after the feed-forward
at minimum reference
factor is applied.
(parameter 7-43 Process PID Gain
Scale at Min. Ref.) and the scale at
maximum reference
(parameter 7-44 Process PID Gain
Scale at Max. Ref.).

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 77

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

7-50 Process PID Extended PID 7-57 Process PID Fb. Filter Time
Option: Function: Range: Function:
[0] Disabled Disable the extended parts of the filtering can be detrimental to
process PID controller. dynamic performance.

[1] * Enabled Enable the extended parts of the

7-60 Feedback 1 Conversion
PID controller.
Select a conversion for the feedback 1 signal. Select [0] Linear to
7-51 Process PID Feed Fwd Gain leave the feedback signal unchanged.

4 4 Range: Function: Option: Function:

1* [0 - 100 ] The feed forward is used to obtain [0] * Linear
the gain, based on a well-known [1] Square root
signal available. The PID controller
7-62 Feedback 2 Conversion
then only takes care of the smaller
part of the control, necessary Select a conversion for the feedback 2 signal. Select [0] Linear to
because of unknown characters. leave the feedback signal unchanged.
The standard feed-forward factor in Option: Function:
parameter 7-38 Process PID Feed [0] * Linear
Forward Factor is always related to [1] Square root
the reference whereas
parameter 7-51 Process PID Feed Fwd 4.9 Parameters: 8-** Communications and
Gain has more options. In winder Options
applications, the feed-forward factor
is typically the line speed of the 8-00 Option A warning control
system. This parameter is used to enable or disable installed options.
Option: Function:
7-52 Process PID Feed Fwd Ramp up
[0] * None
Range: Function:
[1] Disable
0.01 s* [0.01 - 100 s] Control dynamics of the feed- Warning
forward signal when ramping up.
8-01 Control Site
7-53 Process PID Feed Fwd Ramp down Option: Function:
Range: Function: The setting in this parameter
0.01 s* [0.01 - 100 s] Control the dynamics of the feed- overrides the settings in
forward signal when ramping down. parameter 8-50 Coasting Select to
parameter 8-58 Profidrive OFF3
7-56 Process PID Ref. Filter Time Select.
Range: Function: [0] * Digital and Control by using both digital input
0.001 s* [0.001 - 1 s] Set a time constant for the ctrl.word and control word.
reference first-order low-pass filter.
[1] Digital only Control by using digital inputs only.
The low-pass filter improves steady-
state performance and dampens [2] Controlword Control by using control word only.
oscillations on the reference/ only
feedback signals. However, severe
8-02 Control Source
filtering can be detrimental to
dynamic performance.
Option: Function:
Select the source of the control
7-57 Process PID Fb. Filter Time word.

Range: Function: [0] None

0.001 s* [0.001 - 1 s] Set a time constant for the [1] FC Port
feedback first-order low-pass filter. [2] FC USB
The low-pass filter improves steady- [3] Option A
state performance and dampens
oscillations on the reference/
feedback signals. However, severe

78 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

8-03 Control Timeout Time 8-13 Configurable Status Word STW

Range: Function: Option: Function:
1 s* [0.5 - 6000 s] Enter the maximum time expected [10] T18 DI status
to pass between the reception of 2 [11] T19 DI status
consecutive telegrams. If this time [12] T27 DI status
is exceeded, it indicates that the [13] T29 DI status
serial communication has stopped. [14] T32 DI status
The function that is selected in [15] T33 DI status
parameter 8-04 Control Timeout
Function is then carried out.
[21] Thermal
warning
4 4
[30] Brake fault
8-04 Control Timeout Function
(IGBT)
Option: Function: [40] Out of ref
[0] * Off Select the timeout function. The range
timeout function is activated when [60] Comparator 0
the control word fails to be [61] Comparator 1
updated within the time period [62] Comparator 2
specified in parameter 8-03 Control [63] Comparator 3
Timeout Time.
[64] Comparator 4
[1] Freeze output [65] Comparator 5
[2] Stop [70] Logic Rule 0
[3] Jogging [71] Logic Rule 1
[4] Max. speed [72] Logic Rule 2
[5] Stop and trip [73] Logic Rule 3
[74] Logic Rule 4
8-07 Diagnosis Trigger
[75] Logic Rule 5
Option: Function: [80] SL digital out
[0] * Disable Send no extended diagnosis data A
(EDD). [81] SL digital out
[1] Trigger on Send EDD upon alarms. B
alarms [82] SL digital out
[2] Trigger alarm/ Send EDD upon alarms or warnings C
warn. in parameter 16-90 Alarm Word, [83] SL digital out
parameter 9-53 Profibus Warning D
Word, or parameter 16-92 Warning [93] Alarm68 or
Word. Alarm188

8-10 Control Word Profile 8-14 Configurable Control Word CTW

The control word has 16 bits (0–15). Bits 10 and 12–15 are
Select the interpretation of the control and status words
configurable.
corresponding to the installed fieldbus.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[0] None
[0] * FC profile
[1] * Profile default
[1] PROFIdrive
profile [2] CTW Valid,
active low
[5] ODVA
[4] PID error
[7] CANopen DSP
inverse
402
[5] PID reset I
8-13 Configurable Status Word STW part
Option: Function: [6] PID enable
[0] No function
[1] * Profile Default
[2] Alarm 68 Only
[3] Trip excl
Alarm 68

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 79

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

8-19 Product Code 8-36 Maximum Response Delay

Range: Function: Range: Function:
Size [0 - Select 0 to read out the actual Size [ 0.1 - 10.0 s] Specify the maximum allowed delay
related* 2147483647 ] fieldbus product code according to related* time between receiving a request
the mounted fieldbus option. Select and transmitting the response. If
1 to read out the actual vendor ID. this time is exceeded, no response
is returned.
8-30 Protocol

4 4 Option: Function: 8-42 PCD Write Configuration

Select the parameters to be assigned to the PCD's telegrams. The
Select the protocol for the
integrated RS485 port. number of available PCDs depends on the telegram type. The
values in the PCDs are then written to the selected parameters
[0] * FC Communication according to the FC
as data values.
protocol.
Option: Function:
[2] Modbus RTU Communication according to the
[0] None
Modbus RTU protocol.
[1] [302]
Minimum
8-31 Address
Reference
Range: Function: [2] [303]
1* [ 0 - 247 ] Enter the address for the RS485 port. Valid Maximum
range: 1–126 for FC-bus, or 1–247 for Modbus. Reference
[3] [341] Ramp 1
8-32 Baud Rate
Ramp up time
Option: Function:
[4] [342] Ramp 1
Select the baud rate for the RS485 port. Ramp down
[0] 2400 Baud time
[1] 4800 Baud [5] [351] Ramp 2
[2] * 9600 Baud Ramp up time
[3] 19200 Baud [6] [352] Ramp 2
[4] 38400 Baud Ramp down
[5] 57600 Baud time
[6] 76800 Baud [7] [380] Jog
[7] 115200 Baud Ramp Time
[8] [381] Quick
8-33 Parity / Stop Bits
Stop Time
Parity and stop bits for the protocol using the FC port. For some [9] [412] Motor
of the protocols, not all options are available. Speed Low
Option: Function: Limit [Hz]
[0] Even Parity, 1 [10] [414] Motor
Stop Bit Speed High
[1] Odd Parity, 1 Limit [Hz]
Stop Bit [11] [590] Digital &
[2] No Parity, 1 Relay Bus
Stop Bit Control
[3] No Parity, 2 [12] [676] Terminal
Stop Bits 45 Output Bus
Control
8-35 Minimum Response Delay [13] [696] Terminal
Range: Function: 42 Output Bus
0.01 s* [ 0.0010 - 0.5 Specify the minimum delay time Control
s] between receiving a request and [15] FC Port CTW
transmitting a response. This is [16] FC Port REF
used for overcoming modem turn- [18] [311] Jog
around delays. Speed [Hz]

80 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

8-42 PCD Write Configuration 8-43 PCD Read Configuration

Select the parameters to be assigned to the PCD's telegrams. The Select the parameters to be assigned to the PCDs of the
number of available PCDs depends on the telegram type. The telegrams. The number of available PCDs depends on the
values in the PCDs are then written to the selected parameters telegram type. PCDs contain the actual data values of the
as data values. selected parameters.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[19] [427] Torque [34] [1692] Warning Word
limit bus [35] [1694] Ext. Status Word

[20]
control
[428] Speed
8-50 Coasting Select
4 4
limit bus Option: Function:
control Select control of the coasting
function via the terminals (digital
8-43 PCD Read Configuration
input) and/or via the bus.
Select the parameters to be assigned to the PCDs of the
[0] Digital input Activate coasting command via a
telegrams. The number of available PCDs depends on the
digital input.
telegram type. PCDs contain the actual data values of the
selected parameters. [1] Bus Activate coasting command via the
Option: Function: serial communication port or
fieldbus option.
[0] * None
[1] [1500] Operation Hours [2] Logic AND Activate coasting command via the
[2] [1501] Running Hours fieldbus/serial communication port
[3] [1502] kWh Counter and 1 extra digital input.
[4] [1600] Control Word [3] * Logic OR Activate coasting command via the
[5] [1601] Reference [Unit] fieldbus/serial communication port
[6] [1602] Reference % or via 1 of the digital inputs.
[7] [1603] Status Word
[8] [1605] Main Actual Value [%] 8-51 Quick Stop Select
[9] [1609] Custom Readout Option: Function:
[10] [1610] Power [kW] [0] Digital input Activate quick stop command via a
[11] [1611] Power [hp] digital input.
[12] [1612] Motor Voltage
[1] Bus Activate quick stop command via
[13] [1613] Frequency
the serial communication port or
[14] [1614] Motor Current fieldbus option.
[15] [1615] Frequency [%]
[2] Logic AND Activate quick stop command via
[16] [1616] Torque [Nm]
the fieldbus/serial communication
[17] [1618] Motor Thermal
port and additionally via 1 of the
[18] [1630] DC Link Voltage
digital inputs.
[19] [1634] Heatsink Temp.
[20] [1635] Inverter Thermal [3] * Logic OR Activate quick stop command via
the fieldbus/serial communication
[21] [1638] SL Controller State
port or via 1 of the digital inputs.
[22] [1650] External Reference
[23] [1652] Feedback [Unit]
8-52 DC Brake Select
[24] [1660] Digital Input 18, 19, 27,
29, 32, 33 Option: Function:
[25] [1661] Terminal 53 Switch Setting Select control of the DC brake via
[26] [1662] Analog Input 53(V) the terminals (digital input) and/or
[27] [1663] Terminal 54 Switch Setting via the fieldbus.

[28] [1664] Analog Input 54 NOTICE

[29] [1665] Analog Output 42 [mA] When parameter 1-10 Motor
[30] [1671] Relay Output [bin] Construction is set to [1] PM
[31] [1672] Counter A non-salient SPM, only selection
[32] [1673] Counter B [0] Digital input is available.
[33] [1690] Alarm Word

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 81

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

8-52 DC Brake Select 8-55 Set-up Select

Option: Function: Select the trigger for the set-up selection.
[0] Digital input Activate DC brake command via a Option: Function:
digital input. [1] Bus A serial communication port or the
[1] Bus Activate DC brake command via the fieldbus triggers the set-up
serial communication port or selection.
fieldbus option. [2] Logic AND The fieldbus/serial communication

4 4 [2] Logic AND Activate DC brake command via the port and a digital input trigger the
fieldbus/serial communication port set-up selection.
and additionally via 1 of the digital [3] * Logic OR The fieldbus/serial communication
inputs. port or a digital input triggers the
[3] * Logic OR Activate DC brake command via the set-up selection.
fieldbus/serial communication port
or via 1 of the digital inputs. 8-56 Preset Reference Select
Option: Function:
8-53 Start Select Select the trigger for the preset
Select the trigger for the start function. reference selection.
Option: Function: [0] Digital input A digital input triggers the preset
[0] Digital input A digital input triggers the start reference selection.
function.
[1] Bus A serial communication port or the
[1] Bus A serial communication port or the fieldbus triggers the preset
fieldbus triggers the start function. reference selection.

[2] Logic AND The fieldbus/serial communication [2] Logic AND The fieldbus/serial communication
port and a digital input trigger the port and a digital input trigger the
start function. preset reference selection.

[3] * Logic OR The fieldbus/serial communication [3] * Logic OR The fieldbus/serial communication
port or a digital input triggers the port or a digital input triggers the
start function. preset reference selection.

8-54 Reversing Select 8-57 Profidrive OFF2 Select

Option: Function: Select control of the frequency converter OFF2 selection via the
Select the trigger for the reversing terminals (digital input) and/or via the fieldbus. This parameter is
function. active only when parameter 8-01 Control Site is set to [0] Digital
and ctrl. word and parameter 8-10 Control Word Profile is set to [1]
[0] Digital input A digital input triggers the
PROFIdrive profile.
reversing function.
Option: Function:
[1] Bus A serial communication port or the
[0] Digital input
fieldbus triggers the reversing
[1] Bus
function.
[2] Logic AND
[2] Logic AND The fieldbus/serial communication [3] * Logic OR
port and a digital input trigger the
reversing function. 8-58 Profidrive OFF3 Select

[3] * Logic OR The fieldbus/serial communication Select control of the frequency converter OFF3 selection via the
port or a digital input triggers the terminals (digital input) and/or via the fieldbus. This parameter is
reversing function. active only when parameter 8-01 Control Site is set to [0] Digital
and ctrl. word, and parameter 8-10 Control Word Profile is set to
8-55 Set-up Select [1] PROFIdrive profile.

Select the trigger for the set-up selection. Option: Function:

Option: Function: [0] Digital input
[1] Bus
[0] Digital input A digital input triggers the set-up
[2] Logic AND
selection.
[3] * Logic OR

82 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

8-79 Protocol Firmware version 8-91 Bus Jog 2 Speed

Range: Function: Range: Function:
Size [0 - 655 ] Firmware revision: FC is in index 0; 200 RPM* [ 0 - 1500 Enter the jog speed. This value is a
related* Modbus is in index 1; indexes 2–4 RPM] fixed jog speed activated via the
are reserved. serial port or fieldbus option.

8-80 Bus Message Count 4.10 Parameters: 9-** PROFIdrive

Range: Function:
0* [0 - This parameter shows the number
For PROFIBUS parameter descriptions, see the VLT® Midi
Drive FC 280 PROFIBUS DP Programming Guide. 4 4
4294967295 ] of valid telegrams detected on the
bus.
For PROFINET parameter descriptions, see the VLT® Midi
8-81 Bus Error Count Drive FC 280 PROFINET Programming Guide.
Range: Function: 4.11 Parameters: 10-** CAN Fieldbus
0* [0 - This parameter shows the number
4294967295 ] of telegrams with faults (for For CAN Fieldbus parameter descriptions, see the VLT® Midi
example CRC faults) detected on Drive FC 280 CANopen Programming Guide.
the bus. 4.12 Parameters: 12-** Ethernet
8-82 Slave Messages Rcvd For Ethernet parameter descriptions, see the VLT® Midi
Range: Function: Drive FC 280 EtherNet/IP Programming Guide, VLT® Midi Drive
0* [0 - This parameter shows the number FC 280 PROFINET Programming Guide, and VLT® Midi Drive
4294967295 ] of valid telegrams sent by the FC 280 POWERLINK Programming Guide.
frequency converter to the slave.
4.13 Parameters: 13-** Smart Logic Control
8-83 Slave Error Count 13-00 SL Controller Mode
Range: Function: Option: Function:
0* [0 - This parameter shows the number [0] * Off Disable the smart logic controller.
4294967295 ] of error telegrams, which could not
be executed by the frequency [1] On Enable the smart logic controller.
converter.
13-01 Start Event
8-84 Slave Messages Sent Select the condition (true or false) which activates the smart
Range: Function: logic controller.

0* [0 - This parameter shows the number Option: Function:

4294967295 ] of messages sent from the slave. [0] False
[1] True
8-85 Slave Timeout Errors [2] Running
Range: Function: [3] In range
0* [0 - This parameter shows the number [4] On reference
4294967295 ] of slave timeout errors. [7] Out of current
range
8-88 Reset FC port Diagnostics [8] Below I low
Reset all FC port diagnostic counters. [9] Above I high
[16] Thermal
Option: Function:
warning
[0] * Do not reset
[17] Mains out of
[1] Reset counter
range
8-90 Bus Jog 1 Speed [18] Reversing
[19] Warning
Range: Function:
[20] Alarm (trip)
100 RPM* [ 0 - 1500 Enter the jog speed. This is a fixed
[21] Alarm (trip
RPM] jog speed activated via the serial
lock)
port or fieldbus option.
[22] Comparator 0

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 83

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

13-01 Start Event 13-02 Stop Event

Select the condition (true or false) which activates the smart Select the condition (true or false) which deactivates the smart
logic controller. logic controller.
Option: Function: Option: Function:
[23] Comparator 1 [25] Comparator 3
[24] Comparator 2 [26] Logic rule 0
[25] Comparator 3 [27] Logic rule 1
[26] Logic rule 0 [28] Logic rule 2
4 4 [27] Logic rule 1 [29] Logic rule 3
[28] Logic rule 2 [30] SL Time-out 0
[29] Logic rule 3 [31] SL Time-out 1
[33] Digital input [32] SL Time-out 2
DI18 [33] Digital input
[34] Digital input DI18
DI19 [34] Digital input
[35] Digital input DI19
DI27 [35] Digital input
[36] Digital input DI27
DI29 [36] Digital input
[39] * Start DI29
command [39] Start
[40] Drive stopped command
[42] Auto Reset [40] * Drive stopped
Trip [42] Auto Reset
[50] Comparator 4 Trip
[51] Comparator 5 [50] Comparator 4
[60] Logic rule 4 [51] Comparator 5
[61] Logic rule 5 [60] Logic rule 4
[83] Broken Belt [61] Logic rule 5
[70] SL Time-out 3
13-02 Stop Event
[71] SL Time-out 4
Select the condition (true or false) which deactivates the smart [72] SL Time-out 5
logic controller.
[73] SL Time-out 6
Option: Function: [74] SL Time-out 7
[0] False [83] Broken Belt
[1] True
13-03 Reset SLC
[2] Running
[3] In range Option: Function:
[4] On reference [0] * Do not reset Retain programmed settings in
[7] Out of current SLC parameter group 13-** Smart Logic.
range [1] Reset SLC Reset all parameters in parameter
[8] Below I low group 13-** Smart Logic to default
[9] Above I high settings.
[16] Thermal
warning 13-10 Comparator Operand
[17] Mains out of Select the variable to be monitored by the comparator. This is an
range array parameter containing comparators 0 to 5.
[18] Reversing
Option: Function:
[19] Warning
[0] * Disabled
[20] Alarm (trip)
[1] Reference %
[21] Alarm (trip
[2] Feedback %
lock)
[3] Motor speed
[22] Comparator 0
[4] Motor Current
[23] Comparator 1
[6] Motor power
[24] Comparator 2

84 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

13-10 Comparator Operand 13-20 SL Controller Timer

Select the variable to be monitored by the comparator. This is an Range: Function:
array parameter containing comparators 0 to 5. 0 s* [0 - 3600 s] Enter the value to define the
Option: Function: duration of the false output from
[7] Motor voltage the programmed timer. A timer is
[12] Analog input only false if it is started by an
AI53 action (for example [29] Start timer
1) and until the given timer value
[13] Analog input
AI54
has elapsed.
4 4
[18] Pulse input
13-40 Logic Rule Boolean 1
FI29
[19] Pulse input Option: Function:
FI33 Select the 1st boolean (true or false)
[20] Alarm number input for the selected logic rule.
[30] Counter A See parameter 13-01 Start Event
[31] Counter B ([0]–[61]) and parameter 13-02 Stop
Event ([70]–[74]) for further
13-11 Comparator Operator description.
Option: Function: [0] * False
Select the operator to be used in [1] True
the comparison. This is an array [2] Running
parameter containing comparator [3] In range
operators 0–5.
[4] On reference
[0] Less Than (<) The result of the evaluation is true [7] Out of current
when the variable selected in range
parameter 13-10 Comparator [8] Below I low
Operand is smaller than the fixed [9] Above I high
value in [16] Thermal
parameter 13-12 Comparator Value. warning
The result is false if the variable [17] Mains out of
selected in range
parameter 13-10 Comparator
[18] Reversing
Operand is greater than the fixed
[19] Warning
value in
[20] Alarm (trip)
parameter 13-12 Comparator Value.
[21] Alarm (trip
[1] * Approx.Equal The result of the evaluation is true lock)
(~) when the variable speed selected in [22] Comparator 0
parameter 13-10 Comparator [23] Comparator 1
Operand is approximately equal to [24] Comparator 2
the fixed value in
[25] Comparator 3
parameter 13-12 Comparator Value.
[26] Logic rule 0
[2] Greater Than Inverse logic of [0] Less Than (<). [27] Logic rule 1
(>) [28] Logic rule 2
[29] Logic rule 3
13-12 Comparator Value
[30] SL Time-out 0
Range: Function:
[31] SL Time-out 1
0* [-9999 - Enter the trigger level for the
[32] SL Time-out 2
9999 ] variable that is monitored by this
[33] Digital input
comparator. This is an array
DI18
parameter containing comparator
[34] Digital input
values 0–5.
DI19
[35] Digital input
DI27
[36] Digital input
DI29

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 85

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

13-40 Logic Rule Boolean 1 13-42 Logic Rule Boolean 2

Option: Function: Option: Function:
[39] Start ([0]–[61]), and parameter 13-02 Stop
command Event ([70]–[74]) for further
[40] Drive stopped description.
[42] Auto Reset [0] * False
Trip [1] True
[50] Comparator 4 [2] Running
4 4 [51]
[60]
Comparator 5
Logic rule 4
[3] In range
[4] On reference
[61] Logic rule 5 [7] Out of current
[70] SL Time-out 3 range
[71] SL Time-out 4 [8] Below I low
[72] SL Time-out 5 [9] Above I high
[73] SL Time-out 6 [16] Thermal
[74] SL Time-out 7 warning
[83] Broken Belt [17] Mains out of
range
13-41 Logic Rule Operator 1
[18] Reversing
Option: Function:
[19] Warning
Select the 1st logical operator to [20] Alarm (trip)
use on the boolean inputs from [21] Alarm (trip
parameter 13-40 Logic Rule Boolean lock)
1 and parameter 13-42 Logic Rule
[22] Comparator 0
Boolean 2.
[23] Comparator 1
[0] * Disabled Ignore parameter 13-42 Logic Rule [24] Comparator 2
Boolean 2, parameter 13-43 Logic [25] Comparator 3
Rule Operator 2, and [26] Logic rule 0
parameter 13-44 Logic Rule Boolean [27] Logic rule 1
3. [28] Logic rule 2
[1] AND Evaluate the expression [13-40] [29] Logic rule 3
AND [13-42]. [30] SL Time-out 0

[2] OR Evaluate the expression [13-40] OR [31] SL Time-out 1

[13-42]. [32] SL Time-out 2
[33] Digital input
[3] AND NOT Evaluate the expression [13-40]
DI18
AND NOT [13-42].
[34] Digital input
[4] OR NOT Evaluate the expression [13-40] OR DI19
NOT [13-42]. [35] Digital input
[5] NOT AND Evaluate the expression NOT [13-40] DI27
AND [13-42]. [36] Digital input
DI29
[6] NOT OR Evaluate the expression NOT [13-40]
[39] Start
OR [13-42].
command
[7] NOT AND NOT Evaluate the expression NOT [13-40] [40] Drive stopped
AND NOT [13-42]. [42] Auto Reset
[8] NOT OR NOT Evaluate the expression NOT [13-40] Trip
OR NOT [13-42]. [50] Comparator 4
[51] Comparator 5
13-42 Logic Rule Boolean 2 [60] Logic rule 4
Option: Function: [61] Logic rule 5

Select the2nd boolean (true or [70] SL Time-out 3

false) input for the selected logic [71] SL Time-out 4
rule. See parameter 13-01 Start Event [72] SL Time-out 5

86 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

13-42 Logic Rule Boolean 2 13-44 Logic Rule Boolean 3

Option: Function: Option: Function:
[73] SL Time-out 6 [2] Running
[74] SL Time-out 7 [3] In range
[83] Broken Belt [4] On reference
[7] Out of current
13-43 Logic Rule Operator 2
range
Option: Function: [8] Below I low
Select the 2nd logical operator to be
used on the boolean input
[9]
[16]
Above I high
Thermal
4 4
calculated in parameter 13-40 Logic warning
Rule Boolean 1, [17] Mains out of
parameter 13-41 Logic Rule Operator range
1, and parameter 13-42 Logic Rule [18] Reversing
Boolean 2, and the boolean input [19] Warning
coming from parameter 13-42 Logic
[20] Alarm (trip)
Rule Boolean 2.
[21] Alarm (trip
Parameter 13-42 Logic Rule Boolean
lock)
2 signifies the boolean input of
[22] Comparator 0
parameter 13-44 Logic Rule Boolean
[23] Comparator 1
3. Parameter 13-40 Logic Rule
[24] Comparator 2
Boolean 1, and
[25] Comparator 3
parameter 13-42 Logic Rule Boolean
2 signify the boolean input [26] Logic rule 0
calculated in parameter 13-40 Logic [27] Logic rule 1
Rule Boolean 1, [28] Logic rule 2
parameter 13-41 Logic Rule Operator [29] Logic rule 3
1, and parameter 13-42 Logic Rule [30] SL Time-out 0
Boolean 2. [31] SL Time-out 1

[0] * Disabled Ignore parameter 13-44 Logic Rule [32] SL Time-out 2

Boolean 3. [33] Digital input
DI18
[1] AND
[34] Digital input
[2] OR
DI19
[3] AND NOT
[35] Digital input
[4] OR NOT DI27
[5] NOT AND [36] Digital input
[6] NOT OR DI29
[7] NOT AND NOT [39] Start
[8] NOT OR NOT command
[40] Drive stopped
13-44 Logic Rule Boolean 3
[42] Auto Reset
Option: Function:
Trip
Select the 3rd boolean (true or false) [50] Comparator 4
input for the selected logic rule. [51] Comparator 5
See parameter 13-40 Logic Rule
[60] Logic rule 4
Boolean 1, parameter 13-41 Logic
[61] Logic rule 5
Rule Operator 1, and
[70] SL Time-out 3
parameter 13-42 Logic Rule Boolean
[71] SL Time-out 4
2, and the boolean input. See
[72] SL Time-out 5
parameter 13-01 Start Event ([0]–
[73] SL Time-out 6
[61]), and parameter 13-02 Stop
Event ([70]–[74]) for further [74] SL Time-out 7
description. [83] Broken Belt

[0] * False
[1] True

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 87

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

13-51 SL Controller Event 13-51 SL Controller Event

Option: Function: Option: Function:
Select the 3rd boolean (true or false) [51] Comparator 5
input for the selected logic rule. [60] Logic rule 4
See parameter 13-40 Logic Rule [61] Logic rule 5
Boolean 1, parameter 13-41 Logic [70] SL Time-out 3
Rule Operator 1, [71] SL Time-out 4
parameter 13-42 Logic Rule Boolean [72] SL Time-out 5
4 4 2, and the boolean input. See
parameter 13-01 Start Event ([0]–
[73] SL Time-out 6
[74] SL Time-out 7
[61]) and parameter 13-02 Stop Event
[83] Broken Belt
([70]–[74]) for further description.

[0] * False
13-52 SL Controller Action
[1] True Option: Function:
[2] Running [0] * Disabled Select the action corresponding to
[3] In range the SLC event. Actions are executed
[4] On reference when the corresponding event
[7] Out of current (defined in parameter 13-51 SL
range Controller Event) is evaluated as
[8] Below I low true.

[9] Above I high [1] No action

[16] Thermal [2] Select set-up 1 Change the active set-up
warning (parameter 0-10 Active Set-up) to 1.
[17] Mains out of If the set-up is changed, it merges
range with other set-up commands
[18] Reversing coming from either the digital
[19] Warning inputs, or via a fieldbus.
[20] Alarm (trip) [3] Select set-up 2 Change the active set-up
[21] Alarm (trip (parameter 0-10 Active Set-up) to 2.
lock) If the set-up is changed, it merges
[22] Comparator 0 with other set-up commands
[23] Comparator 1 coming from either the digital
[24] Comparator 2 inputs, or via a fieldbus.
[25] Comparator 3 [4] Select set-up 3 Change the active set-up
[26] Logic rule 0 (parameter 0-10 Active Set-up) to 3.
[27] Logic rule 1 If the set-up is changed, it merges
[28] Logic rule 2 with other set-up commands
[29] Logic rule 3 coming from either the digital
[30] SL Time-out 0 inputs, or via a fieldbus.
[31] SL Time-out 1 [5] Select set-up 4 Change the active set-up
[32] SL Time-out 2 (parameter 0-10 Active Set-up) to 4.
[33] Digital input If the set-up is changed, it merges
DI18 with other set-up commands
[34] Digital input coming from either the digital
DI19 inputs, or via a fieldbus.
[35] Digital input
[10] Select preset Select preset reference 0. If the
DI27
ref 0 active preset reference is changed,
[36] Digital input
it merges with other preset
DI29
reference commands coming from
[39] Start
either the digital inputs or via a
command
fieldbus.
[40] Drive stopped
[11] Select preset Select preset reference 1. If the
[42] Auto Reset
ref 1 active preset reference is changed,
Trip
it merges with other preset
[50] Comparator 4

88 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

13-52 SL Controller Action 13-52 SL Controller Action

Option: Function: Option: Function:
reference commands coming from [26] DC Brake Issue a DC-brake command to the
either the digital inputs, or via a frequency converter.
fieldbus.
[27] Coast The frequency converter coasts
[12] Select preset Select preset reference 2. If the immediately. All stop commands
ref 2 active preset reference is changed, including the coast command stop
it merges with other preset the SLC.
reference commands coming from
either the digital inputs, or via a
[28] Freeze output Freeze the output of the frequency 4 4
converter.
fieldbus.
[29] Start timer 0 See parameter 13-20 SL Controller
[13] Select preset Select preset reference 3. If the
Timer for further description.
ref 3 active preset reference is changed,
it merges with other preset [30] Start timer 1 See parameter 13-20 SL Controller
reference commands coming from Timer for further description.
either the digital inputs, or via a [31] Start timer 2 See parameter 13-20 SL Controller
fieldbus. Timer for further description.
[14] Select preset Select preset reference 4. If the [32] Set digital out Any output with SL output A is low.
ref 4 active preset reference is changed, A low
it merges with other preset [33] Set digital out Any output with SL output B is low.
reference commands coming from B low
either the digital inputs, or via a [34] Set digital out Any output with SL output C is low.
fieldbus. C low
[15] Select preset Select preset reference 5. If the [35] Set digital out Any output with SL output D is low.
ref 5 active preset reference is changed, D low
it merges with other preset [38] Set digital out Any output with SL output A is
reference commands coming from A high high.
either the digital inputs, or via a
[39] Set digital out Any output with SL output B is
fieldbus.
B high high.
[16] Select preset Select preset reference 6. If the
[40] Set digital out Any output with SL output C is
ref 6 active preset reference is changed,
C high high.
it merges with other preset
reference commands coming from [41] Set digital out Any output with SL output D is
either the digital inputs, or via a D high high.
fieldbus. [60] Reset Counter Reset counter A to 0.
[17] Select preset Select preset reference 7. If the A
ref 7 active preset reference is changed, [61] Reset Counter Reset counter B to 0.
it merges with other preset B
reference commands coming from [70] Start Timer 3 See parameter 13-20 SL Controller
either the digital inputs, or via a Timer for further description.
fieldbus.
[71] Start Timer 4 See parameter 13-20 SL Controller
[18] Select ramp 1 Select ramp 1. Timer for further description.

[19] Select ramp 2 Select ramp 2. [72] Start Timer 5 See parameter 13-20 SL Controller
Timer for further description.
[22] Run Issue a start command to the
frequency converter. [73] Start Timer 6 See parameter 13-20 SL Controller
Timer for further description.
[23] Run reverse Issue a start reverse command to
the frequency converter. [74] Start Timer 7 See parameter 13-20 SL Controller
Timer for further description.
[24] Stop Issue a stop command to the
frequency converter.

[25] Qstop Issue a quick stop command to the

frequency converter.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 89

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

4.14 Parameters: 14-** Special Functions 14-08 Damping Gain Factor

Range: Function:
14-01 Switching Frequency
Size [0 - 100 %] Damping factor for DC-link voltage
Adjust the switching frequency to find a suitable balance related* compensation.
between the acoustic noise from the motor and thermal losses in
the frequency converter. Increasing the switching frequency 14-09 Dead Time Bias Current Level
reduces the noise, but increases thermal losses.
Range: Function:
Option: Function:
Size [0 - 100 %] Set a bias signal (in [%]) to add to
4 4 [0]
[1]
Ran3
Ran5
related* the current-sense signal for
deadtime compensation for some
[2] 2.0 kHz motors.
[3] 3.0 kHz
[4] 4.0 kHz 14-10 Mains Failure
[5] 5.0 kHz Option: Function:
[6] 6.0 kHz
NOTICE
[7] 8.0 kHz
Parameter 14-10 Mains Failure
[8] 10.0 kHz
cannot be changed while the
[9] 12.0 kHz
motor is running.
[10] 16.0 kHz

14-03 Overmodulation Parameter 14-10 Mains Failure is

typically used where short mains
Option: Function:
interruptions (voltage dips) are
[0] Off To avoid torque ripple on the
present. At 100% load and a short
motor shaft, select [0] Off for no
voltage interruption, the DC voltage
overmodulation of the output
on the main capacitors drops
voltage. This feature may be useful
quickly. For larger frequency
for applications such as grinding
converters, it only takes a few
machines.
milliseconds before the DC level is
[1] * On Select [1] On to enable the overmo- down to about 373 V DC and the
dulation function for the output IGBTs cut off and lose control of the
voltage. Select this setting when it motor. When mains is restored, and
is required that the output voltage the IGBTs start again, the output
is >95% of the input voltage frequency and voltage vector do
(typical when running oversynchro- not correspond to the speed/
nously). The output voltage is frequency of the motor, and the
increased according to the degree result is normally an overvoltage or
of overmodulation. overcurrent, mostly resulting in a

NOTICE trip lock. Parameter 14-10 Mains

Failure can be programmed to
Overmodulation leads to
avoid this situation.
increased torque ripple as
harmonics are increased. Select the function to which the
frequency converter must act when
the threshold in
14-07 Dead Time Compensation Level parameter 14-11 Mains Voltage at
Range: Function: Mains Fault has been reached.

Size [0 - 100 ] Level of applied deadtime compen- [0] * No function The frequency converter does not
related* sation in percentage. A high level compensate for a mains
(>90%) optimizes the dynamic interruption. The voltage on the
motor response; a level 50–90% is DC-link drops quickly, and the
good for both motor-torque-ripple motor is lost within milliseconds to
minimization and the motor seconds. Trip lock is the result.
dynamics. A 0-level turns the [1] Ctrl. ramp- The frequency converter retains
deadtime compensation off. down control of the motor and does a
controlled ramp down from

90 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

14-10 Mains Failure 14-10 Mains Failure

Option: Function: Option: Function:
parameter 14-11 Mains Fault Voltage seconds, which is often enough
Level level. If parameter 2-10 Brake time for the mains to return.
Function is [0] Off or [2] AC brake,

130BC918.10
the ramp follows the overvoltage A B C DE A
UDC [V]
ramping. If parameter 2-10 Brake UDC
Function is [1] Resistor Brake, the 14-11*1.35

4 4
n [RPM] t [S]
ramp follows the setting in
Ref
parameter 3-81 Quick Stop Ramp
Time. This selection is useful in t [S]
pump applications, where the
inertia is low and the friction is A Normal operation
high. When mains is restored, the B Mains failure
output frequency ramps the motor C Kinetic back-up
up to the reference speed (if the D Mains return
mains interruption is prolonged, the E Normal operation: Ramping
controlled ramp down might take
down the output frequency to 0 Illustration 4.20 Kinetic Back-up
RPM, and when the mains is
restored, the application is ramped
up from 0 RPM to the previous
The DC-level during [4] Kinetic back-
reference speed via the normal
up is parameter 14-11 Mains Fault
ramp up). If the energy in the DC-
Voltage Level x 1.35.
link disappears before the motor is
If the mains does not return, UDC is
ramped to 0, the motor is coasted.
maintained as long as possible by
[2] Ctrl. ramp- This selection is similar to selection ramping the speed down towards 0
down, trip [1] Ctrl. ramp-down, except that in RPM. Finally, the frequency
[2] Ctrl. ramp-down, trip a reset is converter coasts.
necessary for starting up after
If mains returns while in kinetic
power-up.
back-up, UDC increases above
[3] Coasting Centrifuges can run for an hour parameter 14-11 Mains Fault Voltage
without power supply. In those Level x 1.35. This is detected in 1 of
situations, it is possible to select a the following ways:
coast function at mains • If UDC
interruption, together with a flying >parameter 14-11 Mains
start, which occurs when the mains Fault Voltage Level x 1.35 x
is restored. 1.05

[4] Kinetic back- Kinetic back-up ensures that the • If the speed is above the
up frequency converter keeps running reference. This is relevant
as long as there is energy in the if mains comes back at a
system due to the inertia from lower level than before,
motor and load. This is done by for example,
converting the mechanical energy parameter 14-11 Mains
to the DC-link and thereby Fault Voltage Level x 1.35 x
maintaining control of the 1.02. This does not fulfill
frequency converter and motor. This the criterion above, and
can extend the controlled the frequency converter
operation, depending on the inertia tries to reduce UDC to
in the system. For fans, it is parameter 14-11 Mains
typically several seconds, for pumps Fault Voltage Level x 1.35
up to 2 s and for compressors only by increasing the speed.
for a fraction of a second. Many This does not succeed as
industry applications can extend mains cannot be lowered.
controlled operation for many • If running motoric. The
same mechanism as in the

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 91

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

14-10 Mains Failure 14-10 Mains Failure

Option: Function: Option: Function:
previous point, but where mains return while kinetic back-up
the inertia prevents the is at a speed above the value set in
speed from going above parameter 14-15 Kin. Back-up Trip
the reference speed. This Recovery Level, normal operation is
leads to the motor resumed. This is equal to [4] Kinetic
running motoric until the Back-up. The DC level during [7]

4 4 speed is above the

reference speed, and the
Kinetic back-up is
parameter 14-11 Mains Fault Voltage
above situation occurs. Level x 1.35. If mains return while
Instead of waiting for that, kinetic back-up is at a speed below
the present criterion is parameter 14-15 Kin. Back-up Trip
introduced. Recovery Level, the frequency
converter ramps down to 0 RPM
[5] Kinetic back- The difference between kinetic
using the ramp and then trips.
up, trip back-up with and without trip is
that the latter always ramps down
14-11 Mains Fault Voltage Level
to 0 RPM and trips, regardless of
whether mains return or not. Range: Function:
The function is made so that it 342 V* [100 - 800 V] This parameter defines the
does not even detect if mains threshold voltage at which the
return. This is the reason for the selected function in
relatively high level on the DC-link parameter 14-10 Mains Failure is
during ramp down. activated. Based on the supply
quality, consider to select 90% of
130BC920.10

A B C D
UDC [V]

790 V
the nominal mains as the detection
level. For a supply of 380 V,
UDC
14-11*1.35
parameter 14-11 Mains Fault Voltage
n [RPM] t [S]
Level should be set to 342 V. This
Ref results in a DC detection level of
462 V (parameter 14-11 Mains Fault
0
t [S] Voltage Level x 1.35).

A Normal operation
14-12 Function at Mains Imbalance
B Mains failure
Option: Function:
C Kinetic back-up
Operation under severe mains imbalance
D Trip
conditions reduces the lifetime of the motor.
Conditions are considered severe if the motor is
Illustration 4.21 Kinetic Back-up
operated continuously near nominal load (for
Trip
example, a pump or fan running near full speed).
[0] * Trip Trip the frequency converter.
[1] Warning Issue a warning.
[6] Alarm
[2] Disabled No action is taken.
[7] Kin. back-up, Kinetic back-up with recovery
trip w combines the features of kinetic 14-15 Kin. Back-up Trip Recovery Level
recovery back-up and kinetic back-up with Range: Function:
trip. This feature makes it possible
Size [0 - This parameter specifies the kinetic
to select between kinetic back-up
related* 60000.000 back-up trip recovery level.
and kinetic back-up with trip based
Reference-
on a recovery speed, which is
FeedbackUnit]
configurable in parameter 14-15 Kin.
Back-up Trip Recovery Level to 14-17 Fast Mains Phase Loss Level
enable detection of mains
Range: Function:
returning. If the mains do not
300 %* [0 - 500 %] Tuning it smaller makes the
return, the frequency converter
detection more sensitive, tuning
ramps down to 0 RPM and trips. If
bigger is opposite.

92 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

14-18 Fast Mains Phase Loss Min Power 14-20 Reset Mode
Range: Function: Option: Function:
10 %* [0 - 100 %] The fast detection does not activate NOTICE
if actual power is lower than it. If the specified number of
automatic resets is reached
14-19 Counter Clear Time within 10 minutes, the
Range: Function: frequency converter enters [0]
10 min* [0 - 65535 When the time defined runs out, Manual reset mode. After the
min] the auto reset counter is reset to 0 manual reset is performed, the
setting of
4 4
and one auto reset is executed.
parameter 14-20 Reset Mode
14-20 Reset Mode reverts to the original
Option: Function: selection. If the number of
automatic resets is not
WARNING reached within 10 minutes, or
when a manual reset is
UNINTENDED START
performed, the internal
When the frequency converter
automatic reset counter
is connected to AC mains, DC
returns to 0.
supply, or load sharing, the
motor may start at any time.
Unintended start during Select the reset function after
programming, service, or tripping. Once reset, the frequency
repair work can result in converter can be restarted.
death, serious injury, or Automatic reset mode does not
property damage. The motor affect alarm 68, Safe Torque Off and
can start via an external alarm 188, STO internal fault in
switch, a fieldbus command, software v1.2 and later versions.
an input reference signal from [0] * Manual reset Select [0] Manual reset to perform a
the LCP, or after a cleared fault reset via [Reset] or via the digital
condition. inputs.
To prevent unintended motor
[1] Automatic Select [1]-[12] Automatic reset x 1…x
start:
reset x 1 20 to perform between 1 and 20
• Disconnect the automatic resets after tripping.
frequency converter
[2] Automatic
from the mains.
reset x 2
• Press [Off/Reset] on [3] Automatic
the LCP before reset x 3
programming [4] Automatic
parameters. reset x 4
• Fully wire and [5] Automatic
assemble the reset x 5
frequency converter, [6] Automatic
motor, and any driven reset x 6
equipment before [7] Automatic
connecting the reset x 7
frequency converter [8] Automatic
to AC mains, DC reset x 8
supply, or load [9] Automatic
sharing. reset x 9
[10] Automatic
reset x 10
[11] Automatic
reset x 15
[12] Automatic
reset x 20

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 93

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

14-20 Reset Mode 14-25 Trip Delay at Torque Limit

Option: Function: Range: Function:
[13] Infinite auto Select [13] Infinite Automatic Reset 60 s = Off. Thermal monitoring of
reset for continuous resetting after the frequency converter remains
tripping. active.

[14] Reset at
14-27 Action At Inverter Fault
power-up
Option: Function:
4 4 14-21 Automatic Restart Time
Range: Function:
Select how the frequency converter
reacts when an overvoltage or
10 s* [0 - 600 s] Enter the time interval from trip to grounding fault occurs.
start of the automatic reset [0] Trip Disable the protection filters and
function. This parameter is active trips at the first fault.
when parameter 14-20 Reset Mode is
set to [1]–[13] Automatic reset. [1] * Warning Run the protection filters normally.

14-22 Operation Mode 14-28 Production Settings

Option: Function: Option: Function:

[0] * Normal Normal operation with motor [0] * No action
operation selected. [1] Service reset
[3] Software Reset
[2] Initialisation Reset parameter values to default
settings. The frequency converter 14-29 Service Code
resets during the next power-up. Range: Function:
0* [0 - Only for service technicians’ use.
14-24 Trip Delay at Current Limit
0x7FFFFFFF ]
Range: Function:
60 s* [0 - 60 s] Enter the current limit trip delay in 14-30 Current Lim Ctrl, Proportional Gain
seconds. When the output current Range: Function:
reaches the current limit 100 %* [0 - 500 %] Enter the proportional gain value
(parameter 4-18 Current Limit), a for the current limit controller.
warning is triggered. When the Selection of a high value makes the
current limit warning has been controller react faster. Too high a
continuously present for the period setting leads to controller
specified in this parameter, the instability.
frequency converter trips. To run
continuously in current limit 14-31 Current Lim Ctrl, Integration Time
without tripping, set the parameter
Range: Function:
to 60 s = Off. Thermal monitoring
0.020 s* [0.002 - 2 s] Control the current limit control
of the frequency converter remains
integration time. Setting it to a
active.
lower value makes it react faster. A
setting too low leads to control
14-25 Trip Delay at Torque Limit
instability.
Range: Function:
60 s* [0 - 60 s] Enter the torque limit trip delay in 14-32 Current Lim Ctrl, Filter Time
seconds. When the output torque
Range: Function:
reaches the torque limits
5 ms* [1 - 100 ms] Set a time constant for the current
(parameter 4-16 Torque Limit Motor
limit controller low-pass filter.
Mode and parameter 4-17 Torque
Limit Generator Mode), a warning is
triggered. When the torque limit
warning has been continuously
present for the period specified in
this parameter, the frequency
converter trips. Disable the trip
delay by setting the parameter to

94 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

14-40 VT Level 14-52 Fan Control

Range: Function: Option: Function:
66 %* [40 - 90 %] NOTICE [5] Constant-on mode

This parameter cannot be [6] Constant-off mode

adjusted while the motor is [7] On-when-Inverter-is-on-else-off Mode
running. [8] * Variable-speed mode

14-55 Output Filter

NOTICE
This parameter is not active
Option: Function:
4 4
when parameter 1-10 Motor
NOTICE
Construction is set to options This parameter cannot be
that enable PM motor mode. changed while the motor is
running.
Enter the level of motor magneti-
zation at low speed. Selection of a Select the type of output filter
low value reduces energy loss in connected.
the motor, but also reduces load [0] * No Filter
capability. [1] Sine-Wave
Filter
14-41 AEO Minimum Magnetisation
14-61 Function at Inverter Overload
Range: Function:
When the frequency converter issues a frequency converter
66 %* [40 - 75 %] Enter the minimum allowable
overload warning, select whether to continue and trip the
magnetization for AEO. Selection of
frequency converter, or derate the output current.
a low value reduces energy loss in
the motor, but can also reduce Option: Function:
resistance to sudden load changes. [0] * Trip
[1] Derate
14-44 d-axis current optimization for IPM
14-63 Min Switch Frequency
Range: Function:
100 %* [0 - 200 %] This parameter is available only
Option: Function:
when parameter 1-10 Motor Set the minimum switch frequency
Construction is set to [3] PM, salient allowed by the output filter.
IPM. [2] * 2.0 kHz
Normally, VVC+ PM control [3] 3.0 kHz
automatically optimizes d-axis [4] 4.0 kHz
demagnetizing current based on d- [5] 5.0 kHz
axis and q-axis settings. When [6] 6.0 kHz
parameter 1-10 Motor Construction is [7] 8.0 kHz
set to [3] PM, salient IPM, use this [8] 10.0 kHz
parameter to compensate the [9] 12.0 kHz
saturation effect at high load. [10] 16.0 kHz
Usually, decreasing this value
improves the efficiency. However, 14-64 Dead Time Compensation Zero Current Level
0% means no optimization and the Option: Function:
d-axis current is 0 (not [0] * Disabled
recommended).
[1] Enabled If using a long motor cable, select
this option to minimize the motor
14-51 DC-Link Voltage Compensation torque ripple.
Option: Function:
[0] Off Disable DC-link compensation. 14-65 Speed Derate Dead Time Compensation
[1] * On Enable DC-link compensation. Range: Function:
Size [ 20 - 1000 Deadtime compensation level is
related* Hz] reduced linearly versus output
frequency from the maximum level

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 95

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

14-65 Speed Derate Dead Time Compensation 14-90 Fault Level

Range: Function: Use this parameter to customize fault levels.
set in parameter 14-07 Dead Time Option: Function:
Compensation Level to a minimum parameter 1-73 Flying Start is forced
level set in this parameter. to [1] Enabled. This option uses the
8th element to control the fault
14-70 Compatibility Selections level of alarm 13, Overcurrent.
Select the compatibility mode for the frequency converter.

4 4 Option: Function: Index Alarm Trip lock Trip w. Flystart

[0] * No Function delayed
[12] VLT2800 3M 0 Reserved – – –
[13] VLT2800 3M 1 Reserved – – –
incl. MAV 2 Reserved – – –
[14] VLT2800 12M 3 Reserved – – –
[15] VLT2800 12M 4 Reserved – – –
incl. MAV 5 Reserved – – –
6 Reserved – – –
14-88 Option Data Storage
7 Overcurrent D x x
Range: Function:
0* [0 - 65535 ] This parameter stores data related Table 4.6 Table for Selection of Action when
to options over a power cycle. Selected Alarm Appears (Parameter 14-90 Fault Level)
D = Default setting
14-89 Option Detection x = Possible selection
Select the behavior when an option change is detected. This
parameter returns to [0] Protect Option Config. after an option 4.15 Parameters: 15-** Drive Information
change.
15-00 Operating hours
Option: Function:
Range: Function:
[0] * Protect Option Freeze the current settings and
0 h* [0 - 0x7fffffff. View how many hours the
Config. prevents unwanted changes when
h] frequency converter has run. The
missing or defective options are
value is saved, when the frequency
detected.
converter is turned off.
[1] Enable Option Settings can be changed when the
Change system configuration is being 15-01 Running Hours
modified.
Range: Function:
0 h* [0 - 0x7fffffff. View how many hours the motor
14-90 Fault Level
h] has run. Reset the counter in
Use this parameter to customize fault levels. parameter 15-07 Reset Running
Option: Function: Hours Counter. The value is saved,
[0] Off This option uses the 5th element to when the frequency converter is
control the fault level of alarm 14, turned off.
Earth Fault.
15-02 kWh Counter
[3] * Trip Lock Alarm is set to trip lock.
Range: Function:
[4] Trip w. Alarm is configured into trip alarm,
0 kWh* [0 - Register the power consumption of
delayed reset which can be reset after a delay
2147483647 the motor as an average value over
time. For example, if alarm 13,
kWh] 1 hour. Reset the counter in
Overcurrent is configured to this
parameter 15-06 Reset kWh Counter.
option, it can be reset 3 minutes
after the alarm. This option uses
15-03 Power Up's
the 8th element to control the fault
Range: Function:
level of alarm 13, Overcurrent.
0* [0 - View the number of times the
[5] Flystart At start-up, the frequency converter
2147483647 ] frequency converter has been
tries to catch a spinning motor. If
powered up.
this option is selected,

96 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

15-04 Over Temp's 15-42 Voltage

Range: Function: Range: Function:
0* [0 - 65535 ] View the number of frequency 0* [0 - 20 ] View the FC type. The readout is
converter temperature faults. identical to the power field type of
the type code definition, characters
15-05 Over Volt's 11–12.
Range: Function:
15-43 Software Version
0* [0 - 65535 ] View the number of frequency
converter overvoltages. Range: Function: 4 4
0* [0 - 5 ] View the combined SW version (or
15-06 Reset kWh Counter package version) consisting of
Option: Function: power SW and control SW.

[0] * Do not reset No reset of the kWh counter is

15-44 Ordered Typecode String
required.
Range: Function:
[1] Reset counter Press [OK] to reset the kWh counter
0* [0 - 40 ] View the type code string used for
to 0 (see parameter 15-02 kWh
reordering the frequency converter
Counter).
in its original configuration.

15-07 Reset Running Hours Counter

15-45 Actual Typecode String
Option: Function:
Range: Function:
[0] * Do not reset
0* [0 - 40 ] View the actual type code.
[1] Reset counter Press [OK] to reset the running
hours counter to 0 (see
15-46 Drive Ordering No
parameter 15-01 Running Hours).
Range: Function:
15-30 Alarm Log: Error Code 0* [0 - 0 ] View the 8-digit ordering number
Range: Function: used for reordering the frequency
converter in its original configu-
0* [0 - 255 ] View the error code and look up its
ration.
meaning in chapter 6 Trouble-
shooting.
15-48 LCP Id No
15-31 InternalFaultReason Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 20 ] View the LCP ID number.

0* [-32767 - View an extra description of the

15-49 SW ID Control Card
32767 ] error. This parameter is mostly used
in combination with alarm 38, Range: Function:
Internal Fault. 0* [0 - 20 ] View the control card software
version number.
15-40 FC Type
Range: Function: 15-50 SW ID Power Card
0* [0 - 0 ] View the frequency converter type. Range: Function:
The readout is identical to the 0* [0 - 20 ] View the power card software
power field of the type code version number.
definition, characters 1–6.
15-51 Frequency Converter Serial Number
15-41 Power Section Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 10 ] View the frequency converter serial
0* [0 - 20 ] View the FC type. The readout is number.
identical to the power field of the
type code definition, characters 7– 15-52 OEM Information
10. Range: Function:
0* [0 - 0 ] View OEM information.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 97

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

15-53 Power Card Serial Number 15-99 Parameter Metadata

Range: Function: Range: Function:
0* [0 - 19 ] View the power card serial number. 0* [0 - 9999 ] This parameter contains data used
by MCT 10 Set-up Software.
15-57 File Version
Range: Function: 4.16 Parameters: 16-** Data Readouts
0* [0 - 65535 ] View the file version.
16-00 Control Word

4 4 15-59 Filename Range:

0* [0 - 65535 ]
Function:
View the control word sent from
Range: Function:
the frequency converter via the
0* [0 - 16 ] View the actual file name of OEM
serial communication port in hex
files.
code.

15-60 Option Mounted

16-01 Reference [Unit]
Range: Function:
Range: Function:
Size [0 - 30 ] View the installed option type.
0 Referen- [-4999 - 4999 View the present reference value
related*
ceFeedback Reference- applied on impulse or analog basis
15-61 Option SW Version Unit* FeedbackUnit] in the unit resulting from the
configuration selected in
Range: Function:
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode.
Size [0 - 20 ] View the installed option software
related* version.
16-02 Reference [%]

15-70 Option in Slot A Range: Function:

0 %* [-200 - View the total reference. The total
Range: Function:
200 %] reference is the sum of digital,
0* [0 - 30 ] View the type code string for the
analog, preset, bus, and freeze
option A, and a translation of the
references, plus catch up and slow
type code string.
down.

15-71 Slot A Option SW Version

16-03 Status Word
Range: Function:
Range: Function:
0* [0 - 20 ] View the software version for the
0* [0 - 65535 ] View the status word sent from the
option A.
frequency converter via the serial
communication port in hex code.
15-92 Defined Parameters
Range: Function: 16-05 Main Actual Value [%]
0* [0 - 2000 ] View a list of all defined parameters Range: Function:
in the frequency converter. The list
0 %* [-200 - View the 2-byte word sent with the
ends with 0.
200 %] status word to the bus master
reporting the main actual value.
15-97 Application Type
Range: Function: 16-09 Custom Readout
0* [0 - This parameter contains data used Range: Function:
0xFFFFFFFF ] by MCT 10 Set-up Software.
0 Custom- [0 - 9999 View the custom readout from
ReadoutUni CustomRea- parameter 0-30 Custom Readout Unit
15-98 Drive Identification
t* doutUnit] to parameter 0-32 Custom Readout
Range: Function: Max Value.
0* [0 - 56 ] This parameter contains data used
by MCT 10 Set-up Software. 16-10 Power [kW]
Range: Function:
0 kW* [0 - 1000 Show motor power in kW. The
kW] calculated value shown is based on
the actual DC-link voltage and DC-

98 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

16-10 Power [kW] 16-16 Torque [Nm]

Range: Function: Range: Function:
link current. The value is filtered, 0 Nm [-30000 - View the torque value with sign,
and therefore approximately 128 ms 30000 Nm] applied to the motor shaft. Some
may pass from when an input value motors supply more than 160%
changes to when the data readout torque. As a result, the minimum
values change. The resolution of value and the maximum value
readout value on fieldbus is in 1 W depend on the maximum motor
steps. current as well as the motor used.
4 4
16-11 Power [hp] 16-17 Speed [RPM]
Range: Function: Range: Function:
0 hp* [0 - 1000 hp] View the motor power in hp. The 0 RPM [-30000 - View the actual motor RPM. In
value shown is calculated on the 30000 RPM] open-loop or closed-loop process
basis of the actual DC-link voltage control, the motor RPM is
and DC-link current. The value is estimated. In speed closed-loop
filtered, and therefore approxi- modes, the motor RPM is measured.
mately 128 ms may pass from
when an input value changes to 16-18 Motor Thermal
when the data readout values Range: Function:
change.
0 %* [0 - 100 %] View the calculated thermal load on
the motor. The cutout limit is 100%.
16-12 Motor Voltage
The basis for calculation is the ETR
Range: Function: function selected in
0 V* [0 - 65535 V] View the motor voltage. A parameter 1-90 Motor Thermal
calculated value is used for Protection.
controlling the motor.
16-20 Motor Angle
16-13 Frequency Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 65535 ] View the current encoder angle
0 Hz* [0 - 6553.5 View the motor frequency, without offset relative to the index position.
Hz] resonance dampening. The value range of 0–65535
corresponds to 0–2xpi (radian).
16-14 Motor current
Range: Function: 16-22 Torque [%]
0 A* [0 - 655.35 View the motor current measured Range: Function:
A] as an average value, IRMS. The value 0 %* [ -200– 200 % ] View the torque in percent of nominal
is filtered, and approximately 30 ms torque, with sign, applied to the motor
may pass from when an input value shaft.
changes to when the data readout
values change. 16-30 DC Link Voltage
Range: Function:
16-15 Frequency [%] 0 V* [0 - 65535 V] View a measured value. The value is
Range: Function: filtered with a 30 ms time constant.
0 %* [0 - View a 2-byte word reporting the
6553.5 %] actual motor frequency (without 16-33 Brake Energy Average
resonance dampening) as a Range: Function:
percentage (scale 0000-4000 hex) of 0 kW* [0 - 10000 View the brake power transmitted
parameter 4-19 Max Output kW] to an external brake resistor. The
Frequency. mean power is calculated on an
average basis for the most recent
120 s.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 99

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

16-34 Heatsink Temp. 16-53 Digi Pot Reference

Range: Function: Range: Function:
0 °C* [-128 - View the frequency converter heat 0* [-200 - 200 ] View the contribution of the digital
127 °C] sink temperature. potentiometer to the actual
reference.
16-35 Inverter Thermal
Range: Function: 16-57 Feedback [RPM]
0 %* [0 - 255 %] View the percentage load on the Range: Function:
4 4 inverter. 0 RPM* [-30000 - Readout parameter where the
30000 RPM] actual motor RPM from the
16-36 Inv. Nom. Current feedback source can be read in
Range: Function: both closed loop and open loop.
The feedback source is selected in
0 A* [0 - 655.35 View the inverter nominal current,
parameter 7-00 Speed PID Feedback
A] which should match the nameplate
Source.
data on the connected motor. The
data is used for calculation of
16-60 Digital Input
torque and motor protection.
Range: Function:
16-37 Inv. Max. Current 0* [0 - 4095 ] View the actual state of the digital
Range: Function: inputs 18, 19, 27, 29, 32, and 33.

0 A* [0 - 655.35 View the inverter maximum current, Bit 0 Digital input terminal 33
A] which should match the nameplate
Bit 1 Digital input terminal 32
data on the connected motor. The
Bit 2 Digital input terminal 29
data is used for calculation of
Bit 3 Digital input terminal 27
torque and motor protection.
Bit 4 Digital input terminal 19
Bit 5 Digital input terminal 18
16-38 SL Controller State
Bit 11 Digital input terminal 53
Range: Function:
0* [0 - 20 ] View the state of the event under Table 4.7 Bits Definition
execution by the SL controller.

16-61 Terminal 53 Setting

16-39 Control Card Temp.
Show the setting of input terminal 53.
Range: Function:
0 °C* [0 - View the temperature on the Option: Function:
65535 °C] control card, stated in °C. [1] Voltage mode
[6] Digital input
16-50 External Reference
16-62 Analog input 53
Range: Function:
Range: Function:
0 %* [-200 - View the total reference, the sum of
1* [0 - 20 ] View the actual value at input 53.
200 %] digital, analog, preset, bus, and
freeze references, plus catch up and
16-63 Terminal 54 Setting
slow down.
Option: Function:
16-52 Feedback[Unit] View the setting of input terminal
Range: Function: 54.

0 [-4999 - 4999 View the feedback unit resulting [0] Current mode
ProcessCtrl ProcessCtrlUnit from the selection of unit and [1] Voltage mode
Unit* ] scaling in parameter 3-00 Reference
Range, parameter 3-01 Reference/ 16-64 Analog input 54
Feedback Unit, Range: Function:
parameter 3-02 Minimum Reference, 1* [0 - 20 ] View the actual value at input 54.
and parameter 3-03 Maximum
Reference.

100 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

16-65 Analog output 42 [mA] 16-72 Counter A

Range: Function: Range: Function:
0 mA* [0 - 20 mA] View the actual value at output 42. using an SLC action
The value shown reflects the (parameter 13-52 SL Controller
selections in Action).
parameter 6-90 Terminal 42 Mode
and parameter 6-91 Terminal 42 16-73 Counter B
Analog Output. Range: Function:

16-66 Digital Output

0* [-32768 -
32767 ]
View the present value of counter
B. Counters are useful as
4 4
Range: Function: comparator operands
0* [0 - 63 ] View the binary value of all digital (parameter 13-10 Comparator
outputs. Operand).
The value can be reset or changed
Bit 3 Digital output terminal 27 either via digital inputs (parameter
Bit 5 Digital output terminal 42 group 5-1* Digital Inputs) or by
using an SLC action
Table 4.8 Bits Definition
(parameter 13-52 SL Controller
Action).
16-67 Pulse Input #29 [Hz]
Range: Function: 16-74 Prec. Stop Counter

0* [0 - 130000 ] View the actual frequency rate on Range: Function:

terminal 29. 0* [0 - Show the current value of the
2147483647 ] precise stop counter.
16-68 Pulse input 33 [Hz]
Range: Function: 16-80 Fieldbus CTW 1

0* [0 - 130000 ] View the actual value of the Range: Function:

frequency applied at terminal 33 as 0* [0 - 65535 ] View the 2-byte control word (CTW)
an impulse input. received from the bus master.
Interpretation of the CTW depends
16-69 Pulse output 27 [Hz] on the fieldbus option installed and
the CTW profile selected in
Range: Function:
parameter 8-10 Control Word Profile.
0* [0 - 40000 ] View the actual value of impulses
For more information, refer to the
applied to terminal 27 in digital
relevant fieldbus manuals.
output mode.

16-82 Fieldbus REF 1

16-71 Relay output
Range: Function:
Range: Function:
0* [-32768 - To set the reference value, view the
0* [0 - 31 ] View the settings of all relays.
32767 ] 2-byte word sent with the control
Bit 4 User relay 01 word from the bus master. For
more information, refer to the
Table 4.9 Bits Definition relevant fieldbus manual.

16-84 Comm. Option STW

16-72 Counter A
Range: Function:
Range: Function:
0* [0 - 65535 ] View the extended fieldbus
0* [-32768 - View the present value of counter
communication option status word.
32767 ] A. Counters are useful as
For more information, refer to the
comparator operands, see
relevant fieldbus manual.
parameter 13-10 Comparator
Operand.
The value can be reset or changed
either via digital inputs (parameter
group 5-1* Digital Inputs), or by

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 101

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

16-85 FC Port CTW 1 16-97 Alarm Word 3

Range: Function: Range: Function:
1084* [0 - 65535 ] View the 2-byte control word (CTW) 0* [0 - Show the alarm word 3 sent via the
received from the bus master. 0xFFFFFFFFUL serial communication port in hex
Interpretation of the control word ] code.
depends on the fieldbus option
installed and the control word 16-98 Warning Word 3
profile selected in Range: Function:
4 4 parameter 8-10 Control Word Profile.
0* [0 - Show the warning word 3 sent via
4294967295 ] the serial communication port in
16-86 FC Port REF 1
hex code.
Range: Function:
0* [-32768 - View the last received reference 4.17 Parameters: 18-** Data Readouts 2
32767 ] from the FC port.
18-51 Memory Module Warning Reason
16-90 Alarm Word Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - Show extra detailed reason for
0* [0 - View the alarm word sent via the 0xFFFFFFFFUL memory module warning. This
0xFFFFFFFFUL serial communication port in hex ] parameter is mostly used in
] code. combination with warning Memory
Module warning.
16-91 Alarm Word 2
Range: Function: 18-52 Memory Module ID
0* [0 - View the alarm word 2 sent via the Range: Function:
0xFFFFFFFFUL serial communication port in hex 0* [0 - 0 ] Show the ID number of memory
] code. module.

16-92 Warning Word 18-90 Process PID Error

Range: Function: Range: Function:
0* [0 - View the warning word sent via the 0 %* [-200 - Give the present error value used
0xFFFFFFFFUL serial communication port in hex 200 %] by the process PID controller.
] code.
18-91 Process PID Output
16-93 Warning Word 2 Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0 %* [-200 - Give the present raw output value
0* [0 - View the warning word 2 sent via 200 %] from the process PID controller.
0xFFFFFFFFUL the serial communication port in
] hex code. 18-92 Process PID Clamped Output
Range: Function:
16-94 Ext. Status Word 0 %* [-200 - Give the present output value from
Range: Function: 200 %] the process PID controller after the
0* [0 - Return the extended status word clamp limits have been observed.
0xFFFFFFFFUL sent via the serial communication
] port in hex code. 18-93 Process PID Gain Scaled Output
Range: Function:
16-95 Ext. Status Word 2 0 %* [-200 - Give the present output value from
Range: Function: 200 %] the process PID controller after the
0* [0 - Return the extended status word 2 clamp limits have been observed,
0xFFFFFFFFUL sent via the serial communication and the resulting value has been
] port in hex code. gain scaled.

102 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

4.18 Parameters: 21-** Ext. Closed Loop 21-15 Ext. 1 Setpoint

Range: Function:
21-09 Extended PID Enable
with digital, analog, or bus
Select the extended CL PID controller that is to be autotuned. references.
Option: Function:
[0] * Disabled 21-17 Ext. 1 Reference [Unit]
[1] Enabled Ext Range: Function:
CL1 PID 0 [-999999.999 Return the resulting reference value.

21-11 Ext. 1 Minimum Reference

ExtPID1Uni
t*
- 999999.999
ExtPID1Unit]
4 4
Range: Function:
0 [ -999999.999 This parameter sets the minimum 21-18 Ext. 1 Feedback [Unit]
ExtPID1Uni - 999999.999 value that can be obtained by the Range: Function:
t* ExtPID1Unit] sum of the setpoint and reference. 0 [-999999.999 Return the feedback value.
ExtPID1Uni - 999999.999
21-12 Ext. 1 Maximum Reference t* ExtPID1Unit]
Range: Function:
21-19 Ext. 1 Output [%]
100 [ -999999.999 This parameter sets the maximum
ExtPID1Uni - 999999.999 value that can be obtained by the
Range: Function:
t ExtPID1Unit] sum of the setpoint and reference. 0 %* [0 - 100 %] Return the extended closed loop 1
PID controller output value.
21-13 Ext. 1 Reference Source
21-20 Ext. 1 Normal/Inverse Control
This parameter defines which input on the frequency converter
should be treated as the source of the reference signal. Select [0] Normal if the controller output should be reduced
when the feedback is higher than the reference. Select [1] Inverse
Option: Function:
if the output should be increased when the feedback is higher
[0] * No function
than the reference.
[1] Analog Input
Option: Function:
53
[2] Analog Input [0] * Normal
54 [1] Inverse
[7] Frequency
21-21 Ext. 1 Proportional Gain
input 29
Range: Function:
[8] Frequency
input 33 0.01* [0 - 10 ] The proportional gain indicates the
number of times the error between
21-14 Ext. 1 Feedback Source the setpoint and the feedback
This parameter defines which input on the frequency converter signal is to be applied.
should be treated as the source of the feedback signal.
21-22 Ext. 1 Integral Time
Option: Function:
Range: Function:
[0] * No function
[1] Analog Input 10000 s* [0.01 - 10000 The integrator provides an
53 s] increasing gain at a constant error
between the setpoint and the
[2] Analog Input
feedback signal. The integral time is
54
the time needed by the integrator
[3] Frequency
to reach the same gain as the
input 29
proportional gain.
[4] Frequency
input 33
21-23 Ext. 1 Differentation Time
21-15 Ext. 1 Setpoint Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0 s* [0 - 10 s] The differentiator does not react to
0 [-999999.999 This parameter is used as the a constant error. It only provides a
ExtPID1Uni - 999999.999 reference for comparing feedback gain when the error changes. The
t* ExtPID1Unit] values. The setpoint can be offset quicker the error changes, the

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 103

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

21-23 Ext. 1 Differentation Time

Range: Function:
stronger the gain from the differen-
tiator.

21-24 Ext. 1 Dif. Gain Limit

Range: Function:
5* [1 - 50 ] Set a limit for the differentiator
4 4 gain (DG). The DG increases if there
are fast changes. Limit the DG to
obtain a pure differentiator gain at
slow changes and a constant differ-
entiator gain where quick changes
occur.

104 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

4.19 Parameters: 22-** Application Functions

4.19.1 22-4* Sleep Mode

Sleep mode allows the frequency converter to stop itself in situations where the system is in balance. This function saves
energy and prevents excessive pressure, water excessively cooled in cooling towers, and building pressurization problems in
the system. This is also important as some applications prevent the frequency converter from adjusting the motor down to
low speed. This might damage pumps, cause insufficient lubrication in gearboxes, and make fans unstable.

The sleep controller has 2 important functions: 4 4

1. The ability to go to sleep at the right time.
2. The ability to abandon sleep mode at the right time.

The goal is to keep the frequency converter in sleep mode as long as possible to avoid cycling the motor on and off
frequently, and also keep the controlled system variable within the acceptable range.

The sequence when running sleep mode in open loop:

1. The motor speed is less than the speed set in parameter 22-47 Sleep Speed [Hz]. The motor runs longer than the
time duration set in parameter 22-40 Minimum Run Time. The sleep condition lasts longer than the time set in
parameter 22-48 Sleep Delay Time.
2. The frequency converter ramps the motor speed down to parameter 1-82 Min Speed for Function at Stop [Hz].
3. The frequency converter activates parameter 1-80 Function at Stop. The frequency converter is now in sleep mode.
4. The frequency converter compares the speed setpoint with parameter 22-43 Wake-Up Speed [Hz] to detect a wake-
up situation.
5. The speed setpoint is greater than parameter 22-43 Wake-Up Speed [Hz]. The sleep condition has lasted longer than
the time set in parameter 22-41 Minimum Sleep Time. The wake-up condition lasts longer than the time set in
parameter 22-49 Wake-Up Delay Time. The frequency converter is now out of sleep mode.
6. Go back to speed open-loop control (ramp motor speed up to the speed setpoint).

The sequence when running sleep mode in closed loop:

1. The frequency converter goes into boost status if the following conditions are met.
1a If parameter 22-02 Sleepmode CL Control Mode is set to [0] Normal:
a. The motor speed is less than the value in parameter 22-47 Sleep Speed [Hz].
b. The feedback is above the reference.
c. The motor runs longer than the time in parameter 22-40 Minimum Run Time.
d. The sleep condition lasts longer than the time in parameter 22-48 Sleep Delay Time.
1b If parameter 22-02 Sleepmode CL Control Mode is set to [1] Simplified:
a. The motor speed is less than the value in parameter 22-47 Sleep Speed [Hz].
b. The motor runs longer than the time in parameter 22-40 Minimum Run Time.
c. The sleep condition lasts longer than the time in parameter 22-48 Sleep Delay Time.
If parameter 22-45 Setpoint Boost is not set, the frequency converter goes into sleep mode.
2. After the time in parameter 22-46 Maximum Boost Time has passed, the frequency converter ramps down the motor
speed to the speed in parameter 1-82 Min Speed for Function at Stop [Hz].
3. The frequency converter activates parameter 1-80 Function at Stop. The frequency converter is now in sleep mode.
4. The frequency converter is out of sleep mode when:

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 105

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

4a the error between the reference and the feedback is greater than parameter 22-44 Wake-Up Ref./FB Diff,
and
4b the sleep time is longer than the time in parameter 22-41 Minimum Sleep Time, and
4c the wake-up condition lasts longer than the time set in parameter 22-48 Sleep Delay Time.
5. The frequency converter goes back to closed-loop control.

NOTICE
4 4 Sleep mode is not active when local reference is active (set speed manually using the navigation keys on the LCP).
Sleep mode does not work in local mode. Perform an auto set-up in open loop before setting input/output in closed
loop.

22-02 Sleepmode CL Control Mode 22-44 Wake-Up Ref./FB Diff

This parameter is used to set whether feedback is detected for Range: Function:
entering sleep mode in process closed loop. integrated PI controller is used for
Option: Function: controlling the pressure.
[0] * Normal Detect feedback together with Set the pressure drop allowed in
other parameters. percentage of setpoint for the
pressure (Pset) before canceling the
[1] Simplified Do not detect feedback. Only check
sleep mode.
sleep speed and time.
22-45 Setpoint Boost
22-40 Minimum Run Time
Range: Function:
Range: Function:
0 %* [-100 - Only to be used if
10 s* [0 - 600 s] Set the wanted minimum running
100 %] parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode
time for the motor after a start
is set to [1] Speed closed loop, and
command (digital input or bus)
the integrated PI controller is used.
before entering sleep mode.
In systems with for example
constant pressure control, it is
22-41 Minimum Sleep Time advantageous to increase the
Range: Function: system pressure before the motor is
10 s* [0 - 600 s] Set the minimum time for staying stopped. This extends the time in
in sleep mode. This time overrides which the motor is stopped and
any wake-up conditions. helps to avoid frequent start/stop.
Set the desired overpressure/
22-43 Wake-Up Speed [Hz] temperature in percentage of
Range: Function: setpoint for the pressure (Pset)/
temperature before entering the
10* [ 0 - 400.0 ] Only to be used if
sleep mode.
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode
If set to 5%, the boost pressure is
is set to [0] Open loop, and an
Pset x 1.05. The negative values can
external controller applies speed
be used for cooling tower control
reference. Set the reference speed
where a negative change is needed.
at which the sleep mode should be
deactivated.
22-46 Maximum Boost Time
The wake-up speed must not
Range: Function:
exceed the setting in
60 s* [0 - 600 s] Only to be used when
parameter 4-14 Motor Speed High
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode
Limit [Hz].
is set to [1] Speed closed loop, and
the integrated PI controller is used
22-44 Wake-Up Ref./FB Diff
for controlling the pressure.
Range: Function:
Set the maximum time for which
10 %* [0 - 100 %] Only to be used if boost mode is allowed. If the set
parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode time is exceeded, sleep mode is
is set to [1] Closed loop, and the

106 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

22-46 Maximum Boost Time 22-60 Broken Belt Function

Range: Function: Option: Function:
entered, not waiting for the set Broken belt. A frequency converter
boost pressure to be reached. digital output or a serial communi-
cation bus communicates an alarm
22-47 Sleep Speed [Hz] to other equipment.
Range: Function:
22-61 Broken Belt Torque
0* [ 0 - 400.0 ] Set the speed below which the
frequency converter goes into sleep
mode.
Range:
10 %* [5 - 100 %]
Function:
Set the broken-belt torque as a
4 4
The sleep speed must not exceed percentage of the rated motor
the setting in torque.
parameter 22-43 Wake-Up Speed
[Hz].
22-62 Broken Belt Delay
Range: Function:
22-48 Sleep Delay Timer 10 s* [0 - 600 s] Set the time for which the broken-
Range: Function: belt conditions must be active
before carrying out the action
0 s* [0 - 3600 s] Set the delay time that the motor
selected in parameter 22-60 Broken
waits before entering sleep mode
Belt Function.
when the condition to enter sleep
mode is met.
4.20 Parameters: 30-** Special Features
22-49 Wake-Up Delay Time
4.20.1 30-2* Adv. Start Adjust
Range: Function:
0 s* [0 - 3600 s] Set the delay time that the motor
30-20 High Starting Torque Time [s]
waits before waking up from sleep
Range: Function:
mode when the condition to wake
up is met. Size [0 - 60 s] High starting torque time for PM
related* motors in VVC+ mode without
feedback.
4.19.2 22-6* Broken-belt Detection
30-21 High Starting Torque Current [%]
Use broken-belt detection in both closed-loop systems and Range: Function:
open-loop systems for pumps and fans. If the estimated
Size [ 0 - 200.0 %] High starting torque current for PM
motor torque (current) is below the broken-belt torque
related* motors in VVC+ mode without
(current) value (parameter 22-61 Broken Belt Torque), the
feedback.
frequency converter output frequency is above or equal to
15 Hz, and the condition has been active for
30-22 Locked Rotor Protection
parameter 22-62 Broken Belt Delay, parameter 22-60 Broken
Belt Function is performed. Option: Function:
[0] * Off
22-60 Broken Belt Function
[1] On The locked rotor protection for PM
Option: Function: motors.
Select the actions to be performed
if the broken-belt condition is 30-23 Locked Rotor Detection Time [s]
detected. Range: Function:
[0] * Off 0.10 s* [0.05 - 1 s] The locked rotor detection time for
[1] Warning The frequency converter continues PM motors.
to run, but activates warning 95,
Broken belt. A frequency converter 4.21 Parameters: 31-** Special Option
digital output or a serial communi-
cation bus communicates a warning 31-40 Memory Module Function
to other equipment. Option: Function:
[2] Trip The frequency converter stops [0] Disabled
running and activates alarm 95,

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 107

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

31-40 Memory Module Function 32-11 User Unit Denominator

Option: Function: Range: Function:
[1] * Only Allow scaling units, it is possible to work
Download with any measurement unit (for
[2] Only Allow example mm). This factor consists
Upload of a numerator and denominator.
[3] Allow Both
Download 32-12 User Unit Numerator

4 4 And Upload Range:

1* [1 - 65535 ]
Function:
All target positions are made in
31-41 MM Information
user units and are converted to
Range: Function: quad-counts internally. By selecting
0* [0 - 2 ] This parameter is used to show scaling units, it is possible to work
information of memory module, for with any measurement unit (for
example, general information example mm). This factor consists
including name, space left, and of a numerator and denominator.
attribute.
32-67 Max. Tolerated Position Error
31-42 Configure Memory Module Access
Range: Function:
This parameter is used to change memory module attribute to
2000000* [1 - This parameter defines the
Read Only, Write Only, Read Write for different user scenarios.
2147483648 ] maximum error allowed between
Option: Function: the actual position and the
[0] * No action calculated command position. If the
[1] Set MM to actual error exceeds the value set
read only in this parameter, the position
[2] Set MM to control fault alarm is triggered.
read write
32-80 Maximum Allowed Velocity
31-43 Erase_MM
Range: Function:
This parameter is used to erase content of memory module
1500 RPM* [1 - 30000 This parameter defines the
except config.ini and dongle files.
RPM] maximum velocity in RPM during
Option: Function: motion control.
[0] * No function
[1] Erase MM 32-81 Motion Ctrl Quick Stop Ramp
Range: Function:
31-47 Time Limit Function
1000 ms* [50 - This parameter defines the quick-
Activate the Profibus converter time limit function.
3600000 ms] stop ramp time from the maximum
Option: Function: allowed velocity to 0 for motion
[0] * Disabled control.
[1] Enabled
4.23 Parameters: 33-** Motion Control Adv.
31-48 Time Limit Remaining Time
Settings
Range: Function:
720 h* [0 - 720 h] Show the valid time left for the 33-00 Homing Mode
Profibus converter time limit Select the homing mode.
function.
Option: Function:
[0] * Not forced If [0] Not forced is selected, homing
4.22 Parameters: 32-** Motion Control Basic
operation does not need to be
Settings carried out.

32-11 User Unit Denominator [1] Forced manual If [1] Forced manual homing is
homing selected, homing operation has to
Range: Function:
be carried out before positioning. In
1* [1 - 65535 ] All target positions are made in
this mode, the homing direction
user units and are converted to
should be specified by the sign of
quad-counts internally. By selecting

108 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

33-00 Homing Mode 33-04 Homing Behaviour

Select the homing mode. Option: Function:
Option: Function: Define the behavior when the
parameter 33-03 Homing Velocity. It home switch is found: Reversing
means that the user must know without index (0 pulse) search, or
that the home position is at forwarding without index search.
forward or backward direction [1] * Reverse no
relative to the current position index
before homing. [3] Forward no 4 4
[2] Forced If [2] Forced automated homing is index
automated selected, homing operation also has
33-41 Negative Software Limit
homing to be carried out before
positioning. In this mode, homing Range: Function:
operation should work together -500000* [-1073741824 It is only active during positioning
with HW limit switches, otherwise - and if parameter 33-43 Negative
the homing behavior is the same as 1073741824 ] Software Limit Active is set to [1]
selection [1] Forced manual homing. Active. If it is active and
In this mode, the homing motion parameter 34-50 Actual Position goes
starts with the velocity set in below the value specified in this
parameter 33-03 Homing Velocity, parameter, a position control fault
once any 1 of HW limit switches is alarm is reported with the fault
probed, the homing direction is reason [5] Neg. SW Limit, which is
reversed until the home switch is specified in parameter 37-18 Pos.
probed. If the home switch was still Ctrl Fault Reason. The maximum
not probed after both HW Neg. and value is the value specified in
Pos. limit switches were probed, the parameter 33-42 Positive Software
alarm Position Ctrl. Fault is reported Limit. The default value is the
with fault reason Cannot find home smaller value between -500000 and
position, which is shown in parameter 33-42 Positive Software
parameter 37-18 Pos. Ctrl Fault Limit.
Reason.
33-42 Positive Software Limit
33-01 Home Offset Range: Function:
Range: Function: 500000* [-1073741824 It is only active during positioning
0* [-1073741824 Use this parameter to set an offset - and the parameter 33-44 Positive
- of 0 (home position) compared to 1073741824 ] Software Limit Active is set to [1]
1073741824 ] the position after homing. Active. If it is active and
parameter 34-50 Actual Position goes
33-02 Home Ramp Time below the value specified in this
Range: Function: parameter, a position control fault
alarm is reported with the fault
10 ms* [1 - 1000 ms] This parameter defines the ramp
reason [4] Pos. SW Limit, which is
time (in ms) from standstill to the
specified in parameter 37-18 Pos.
value set in
Ctrl Fault Reason.
parameter 32-80 Maximum Allowed
Velocity.
33-43 Negative Software Limit Active
33-03 Homing Velocity Option: Function:
Range: Function: [0] * Inactive
[1] Active When this parameter is set to
100 RPM* [-1500 - 1500 This parameter defines the velocity
active, the frequency converter
RPM] of homing. It must not exceed the
continuously checks whether the
parameter 32-80 Maximum Allowed
target position is below the
Velocity.
negative software limit. If it occurs,
an error is issued and the frequency
converter control is switched off.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 109

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

33-44 Positive Software Limit Active 34-07 PCD 7 Write For Application
Option: Function: Range: Function:
[0] * Inactive 0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD7 of fieldbus
[1] Active When this parameter is set to telegram.
active, the frequency converter
continuously checks whether the 34-08 PCD 8 Write For Application
target position is above the positive Range: Function:
software limit. If it occurs, an error 0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD8 of fieldbus
4 4 is issued and the frequency
converter control is switched off.
telegram.

34-09 PCD 9 Write For Application

33-47 Target Position Window
Range: Function:
Range: Function:
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD9 of fieldbus
512* [1 - 10000 ] Defines the size of the target telegram.
window with user unit. A position is
only viewed as reached when the 34-10 PCD 10 Write For Application
actual position is within this
Range: Function:
window.
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD10 of fieldbus
4.24 Parameters: 34-** Motion Control Data telegram.

Readouts 34-21 PCD 1 Read For Application

34-01 PCD 1 Write For Application Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD1 of fieldbus
telegram.
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD1 of fieldbus
telegram.
34-22 PCD 2 Read For Application
34-02 PCD 2 Write For Application Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD2 of fieldbus
telegram.
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD2 of fieldbus
telegram.
34-23 PCD 3 Read For Application
34-03 PCD 3 Write For Application Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD3 of fieldbus
telegram.
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD3 of fieldbus
telegram.
34-24 PCD 4 Read For Application
34-04 PCD 4 Write For Application Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD4 of fieldbus
telegram.
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD4 of fieldbus
telegram.
34-25 PCD 5 Read For Application
34-05 PCD 5 Write For Application Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD5 of fieldbus
telegram.
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD5 of fieldbus
telegram.
34-26 PCD 6 Read For Application
34-06 PCD 6 Write For Application Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD6 of fieldbus
telegram.
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value received in PCD6 of fieldbus
telegram.

110 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Descriptions Programming Guide

34-27 PCD 7 Read For Application 37-02 Pos. Target

Range: Function: Range: Function:
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD7 of fieldbus position. If the last position was
telegram. reached as a result of a positioning
command, then the target position
34-28 PCD 8 Read For Application is relative to the last target position
Range: Function: regardless of being reached or not.

0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD8 of fieldbus

telegram.
37-03 Pos. Type
This parameter defines the target position type.
4 4
34-29 PCD 9 Read For Application Option: Function:
Range: Function: [0] * Absolute
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD9 of fieldbus [1] Relative
telegram.
37-04 Pos. Velocity
34-30 PCD 10 Read For Application Range: Function:
Range: Function: 100 RPM* [1 - 30000 Defines the velocity during
RPM] positioning. The maximum value
0* [0 - 65535 ] Value sent in PCD10 of fieldbus
must not exceed the value specified
telegram.
in parameter 32-80 Maximum
Allowed Velocity.
34-50 Actual Position
Range: Function: 37-05 Pos. Ramp Up Time
0* [-1073741824 The actual position in user unit.
Range: Function:
-
5000 ms* [50 - 100000 It is defined as the time in
1073741824 ]
ms] milliseconds that it takes to ramp
34-56 Track Error from standstill to
parameter 32-80 Maximum Allowed
Range: Function:
Velocity.
0* [-2147483647 Readout of the error between
- calculated command position and
37-06 Pos. Ramp Down Time
2147483647 ] actual position in user unit.
Range: Function:
4.25 Parameters: 37-** Application Settings 5000 ms* [50 - 100000 It is defined as the time in
ms] milliseconds that it takes to ramp
37-00 Application Mode from parameter 32-80 Maximum
Option: Function: Allowed Velocity to standstill.

[0] * Drive mode

37-07 Pos. Auto Brake Ctrl
[2] Position
Control When the automatic brake control function is disabled, the
frequency converter controls the application also at standstill.
37-01 Pos. Feedback Source When the automatic brake control function is enabled, the
Option: Function: mechanical brake is automatically activated every time the
[0] * 24V Encoder Select the position feedback source. application is at standstill for a time period specified in
parameter 37-08 Pos. Hold Delay.
37-02 Pos. Target Option: Function:
Range: Function: [0] Disable
0* [-1073741824 If parameter 37-03 Pos. Type is set to [1] * Enable
- [0] Absolute, the target position is
37-08 Pos. Hold Delay
1073741824 ] an absolute position (relative to
home position). If the Range: Function:
parameter 37-03 Pos. Type is set to 0 ms* [0 - 10000 To be used with the automatic
[1] Relative and the last position ms] brake control function. The hold
was obtained through jogging, the delay is a waiting period in which
target position is relative to that the brake is not activated even

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 111

 Parameter Descriptions VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

37-08 Pos. Hold Delay 37-15 Pos. Direction Block

Range: Function: Use this parameter to configure whether to block a direction,
though the application is at and the direction to be blocked.
standstill. Option: Function:
[0] * No Blocking
37-09 Pos. Coast Delay [1] Block Reverse
Range: Function: [2] Block Forward
200 ms* [0 - 1000 ms] To be used with the automatic
4 4 brake control function. The coast
delay is the delay from activating
37-17 Pos. Ctrl Fault Behaviour
This parameter determines the behavior of the frequency
the mechanical brake to disabling converter after a fault is detected.
the controller and coasting the Option: Function:
frequency converter. [0] * Ramp
Down&Brake
37-10 Pos. Brake Delay [1] Brake Directly
Range: Function:
37-18 Pos. Ctrl Fault Reason
200 ms* [0 - 1000 ms] To be used with the automatic
brake control function. The brake READ-ONLY PARAMETER: The current fault reason of the alarm.
delay is the delay after activating POSITION CTRL FAULT is shown in this parameter.
the control and magnetizing the Option: Function:
motor before opening the brake. [0] * No Fault
[1] Homing
37-11 Pos. Brake Wear Limit Needed
Range: Function: [2] Pos. HW Limit
0* [0 - Set this parameter to a positive [3] Neg. HW Limit
1073741824 ] value. While the brake is activated, [4] Pos. SW Limit
if the frequency converter moves [5] Neg. SW Limit
more than the limit in user unit set [7] Brake Wear
in this parameter, the frequency Limit
converter reports an alarm [8] Quick Stop
POSITION CTRL FAULT with fault
[9] PID Error Too
reason Brake Wear Limit Exceeded.
Big
[12] Rev. Operation
37-12 Pos. PID Anti Windup
[13] Fwd.
Configure whether to enable the anti-windup of positioning PID. Operation
Option: Function: [20] Can not find
[0] Disable home position
[1] * Enable
37-19 Pos. New Index
37-13 Pos. PID Output Clamp Range: Function:
Range: Function: 0* [0 - 255 ] The currently latched index number.
1000* [1 - 10000 ] This parameter clamps the total
output of the PID. A setting of 1000
corresponds to 100% of
parameter 32-80 Maximum Allowed
Velocity.

37-14 Pos. Ctrl. Source

Select the control source for positioning control.
Option: Function:
[0] * DI
[1] FieldBus

112 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

5 Parameter Lists

5.1 Introduction 5.1.2 Conversion

5.1.1 Default Settings The various attributes of each parameter are shown in
Factory Setting. Parameter values are transferred as whole
Changes during operation numbers only. Conversion factors are therefore used to
True means that the parameter can be changed while the transfer decimals.
frequency converter is in operation, and false means that
the frequency converter must be stopped before a change Parameter 4-12 Motor Speed Low Limit [Hz] has a conversion
can be made. factor of 0.1. To set the minimum frequency to 10 Hz, 5 5
4-set-up transfer the value 100. A conversion factor of 0.1 means
All set-ups: The parameter can be set individually in each that the value transferred is multiplied by 0.1. The value
of the 4 set-ups, that is 1 single parameter can have 4 100 is therefore read as 10.0.
different data values.
1 set-up: Data value is the same in all set-ups. Examples:
0 s⇒conversion index 0
Data Description Type
0.00 s⇒conversion index -2
type
0 ms⇒conversion index -3
2 Integer 8 Int8 0.00 ms⇒conversion index -5
3 Integer 16 Int16
4 Integer 32 Int32
Conversion index Conversion factor
5 Unsigned 8 Uint8
100 1
6 Unsigned 16 Uint16
75 3600000
7 Unsigned 32 Uint32
74 3600
9 Visible string VisStr
70 60
10 Byte string ByStr
67 1/60
33 Normalized value 2 bytes N2
6 1000000
35 Bit sequence BitSeq
5 100000
54 Time difference w/o date TimD
4 10000

Table 5.1 Data Type 3 1000

2 100
1 10
0 1
-1 0.1
-2 0.01
-3 0.001
-4 0.0001
-5 0.00001
-6 0.000001
-7 0.0000001

Table 5.2 Conversion Table

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 113

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

5.1.3 Active/Inactive Parameters in Different Drive Control Modes

+ indicates that the parameter is active in the mode.

- indicates that the parameter is inactive in the mode.

Parameter 1-10 Motor Construction AC motor

Parameter 1-01 Motor Control Principle U/f mode VVC+
Parameter 1-00 Configuration Mode
[0] Speed Open Loop + +
[1] Speed Closed Loop - +
[2] Torque Closed Loop - +

5 5 [3] Process
[4] Torque Open Loop
+
-
+
+
[7] Ext. PID Open Loop + +
Parameter 1-03 Torque Characteristics - +1, 2, 3)
Parameter 1-06 Clockwise Direction + +
Parameter 1-20 Motor Power [kW]
+ +
(parameter 0-03 Regional Settings = [0] International)
Parameter 1-22 Motor Voltage + +
Parameter 1-23 Motor Frequency + +
Parameter 1-24 Motor Current + +
Parameter 1-25 Motor Nominal Speed + +
Parameter 1-29 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA) + +
Parameter 1-30 Stator Resistance (Rs) + +
Parameter 1-33 Stator Leakage Reactance (X1) + +
Parameter 1-35 Main Reactance (Xh) + +
Parameter 1-39 Motor Poles + +

Table 5.3 Active/Inactive Parameters

1) Constant torque.
2) Variable torque.
3) AEO.

Parameter 1-10 Motor Construction AC motor

Parameter 1-01 Motor Control Principle U/f mode VVC+
Parameter 1-50 Motor Magnetisation at Zero Speed - +
Parameter 1-52 Min Speed Normal Magnetising [Hz] - +
Parameter 1-55 U/f Characteristic - U + -
Parameter 1-56 U/f Characteristic - F + -
Parameter 1-60 Low Speed Load Compensation - +
Parameter 1-61 High Speed Load Compensation - +
Parameter 1-62 Slip Compensation - +4)
Parameter 1-63 Slip Compensation Time Constant +5) +
Parameter 1-64 Resonance Dampening + +
Parameter 1-65 Resonance Dampening Time Constant + +
Parameter 1-71 Start Delay + +
Parameter 1-72 Start Function + +
Parameter 1-73 Flying Start - +
Parameter 1-75 Start Speed [Hz] - +
Parameter 1-76 Start Current - +

Table 5.4 Active/Inactive Parameters

4) Not used when parameter 1-03 Torque Characteristics = VT.
5) Part of resonance damping.

114 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

Parameter 1-10 Motor Construction AC motor

Parameter 1-01 Motor Control Principle U/f mode VVC+
Parameter 1-80 Function at Stop + +
Parameter 1-82 Min Speed for Function at Stop [Hz] + +
Parameter 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection + +
Parameter 1-93 Thermistor Resource + +
Parameter 2-00 DC Hold Current + +
Parameter 2-01 DC Brake Current + +
Parameter 2-02 DC Braking Time + +
Parameter 2-04 DC Brake Cut In Speed [Hz] + +
Parameter 2-10 Brake Function +6) +
Parameter 2-11 Brake Resistor (ohm)
Parameter 2-12 Brake Power Limit (kW)
+
+
+
+
5 5
Parameter 2-16 AC brake Max. Current - +
Parameter 2-17 Over-voltage Control + +
Parameter 2-19 Over-voltage Gain + +
Parameter 2-20 Release Brake Current + +
Parameter 2-22 Activate Brake Speed [Hz] + +

Table 5.5 Active/Inactive Parameters

6) Not AC brake.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 115

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

5.2 Parameter Lists

5.2.1 0-** Operation and Display

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
0-0* Basic Settings
0-01 Language [0] English 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
0-03 Regional Settings [0] International 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
0-04 Operating State at Power-up [0] Resume All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
0-06 GridType Size Related 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8

5 5 0-07 Auto DC Braking

0-1* Set-up Operations
[1] On 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8

0-10 Active Set-up [1] Set-up 1 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8

0-11 Programming Set-up [9] Active Set-up 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
0-12 Link Setups [20] Linked All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
0-14 Readout: Edit Set-ups / Channel 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Int32
0-16 Application Selection [0] None All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
0-2* LCP Display
0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small 1602 All set-ups TRUE - Uint16
0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small 1614 All set-ups TRUE - Uint16
0-22 Display Line 1.3 Small 1610 All set-ups TRUE - Uint16
0-23 Display Line 2 Large 1613 All set-ups TRUE - Uint16
0-24 Display Line 3 Large 1502 All set-ups TRUE - Uint16
0-3* LCP Custom Readout
0-30 Custom Readout Unit [1]% 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
0 CustomRea-
0-31 Custom Readout Min Value doutUnit 1 set-up TRUE -2 Int32
100 CustomRea-
0-32 Custom Readout Max Value doutUnit 1 set-up TRUE -2 Int32
0-37 Display Text 1 [] 1 set-up TRUE 0 VisStr[21]
0-38 Display Text 2 [] 1 set-up TRUE 0 VisStr[26]
0-39 Display Text 3 [] 1 set-up TRUE 0 VisStr[26]
0-4* LCP Keypad
0-40 [Hand on] Key on LCP [1] Enabled All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
0-42 [Auto on] Key on LCP [1] Enabled All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
0-44 [Off/Reset] Key on LCP [1] Enabled All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
0-5* Copy/Save
0-50 LCP Copy [0] No copy 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
0-51 Set-up Copy [0] No copy 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
0-6* Password
0-60 Main Menu Password 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16

116 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

5.2.2 1-** Load and Motor

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
1-0* General Settings
1-00 Configuration Mode [0] Open Loop All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
1-01 Motor Control Principle [1] VVC+ All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
1-03 Torque Characteristics [0] Constant torque All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
1-06 Clockwise Direction [0] Normal 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
1-08 Motor Control Bandwidth Size Related All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
1-1* Motor Selection
1-10
1-14
Motor Construction
Damping Gain
[0] Asynchron
120%
All set-ups
All set-ups
FALSE
TRUE
-
0
Uint8
Int16
5 5
1-15 Low Speed Filter Time Const. Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
1-16 High Speed Filter Time Const. Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
1-17 Voltage filter time const. Size Related All set-ups TRUE -3 Uint16
1-2* Motor Data
1-20 Motor Power Size Related All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
1-22 Motor Voltage Size Related All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
1-23 Motor Frequency Size Related All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
1-24 Motor Current Size Related All set-ups FALSE -2 Uint32
1-25 Motor Nominal Speed Size Related All set-ups FALSE 67 Uint16
1-26 Motor Cont. Rated Torque Size Related All set-ups FALSE -1 Uint32
1-29 Automatic Motor Adaption (AMA) [0] Off All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
1-3* Adv. Motor Data I
1-30 Stator Resistance (Rs) Size Related All set-ups FALSE -3 Uint32
1-31 Rotor Resistance (Rr) Size Related All set-ups FALSE -3 Uint32
1-33 Stator Leakage Reactance (X1) Size Related All set-ups FALSE -3 Uint32
1-35 Main Reactance (Xh) Size Related All set-ups FALSE -2 Uint32
1-37 d-axis Inductance (Ld) Size Related All set-ups FALSE -6 Int32
1-38 q-axis Inductance (Lq) Size Related All set-ups FALSE -6 Int32
1-39 Motor Poles Size Related All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint8
1-4* Adv. Motor Data II
1-40 Back EMF at 1000 RPM Size Related All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
1-42 Motor Cable Length 50 m All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint8
1-43 Motor Cable Length Feet 164 ft All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
1-44 d-axis Inductance Sat. (LdSat) Size Related All set-ups FALSE -6 Int32
1-45 q-axis Inductance Sat. (LqSat) Size Related All set-ups FALSE -6 Int32
1-46 Position Detection Gain 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
Current at Min Inductance for d-
1-48 axis 100% All set-ups FALSE 0 Int16
Current at Min Inductance for q-
1-49 axis 100% All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
1-5* Load Indep. Setting
Motor Magnetisation at Zero
1-50 Speed 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
Min Speed Normal Magnetising
1-52 [Hz] 1 Hz All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
1-55 U/f Characteristic - U Size Related All set-ups FALSE -1 Uint16
1-56 U/f Characteristic - F Size Related All set-ups FALSE -1 Uint16
1-6* Load Depen. Setting
1-60 Low Speed Load Compensation 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16
1-61 High Speed Load Compensation 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16
1-62 Slip Compensation Size Related All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 117

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
1-63 Slip Compensation Time Constant 0.1 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
1-64 Resonance Dampening 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
Resonance Dampening Time
1-65 Constant 0.005 s All set-ups TRUE -3 Uint16
1-66 Min. Current at Low Speed 50% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
1-7* Start Adjustments
1-70 PM Start Mode [0] Rotor Detection All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
1-71 Start Delay 0s All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint8
[2] Coast/delay

5 5 1-72
1-73
Start Function
Flying Start
time
[0] Disabled
All set-ups
All set-ups
TRUE
TRUE
-
-
Uint8
Uint8
1-75 Start Speed [Hz] Size Related All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
1-76 Start Current Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
1-78 Compressor Start Max Speed [Hz] 0 Hz All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
Compressor Start Max Time to
1-79 Trip 5s All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint8
1-8* Stop Adjustments
1-80 Function at Stop [0] Coast All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
Min Speed for Function at Stop
1-82 [Hz] 0 Hz All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
[0] Precise ramp
1-83 Precise Stop Function stop All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
1-84 Precise Stop Counter Value 100000 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
Precise Stop Speed Compensation
1-85 Delay 10 ms All set-ups TRUE -3 Uint8
1-88 AC Brake Gain 1.4 N/A All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
1-9* Motor Temperature
1-90 Motor Thermal Protection [0] No protection All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
1-93 Thermistor Source [0] None All set-ups FALSE - Uint8

118 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

5.2.3 2-** Brakes

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
2-0* DC-Brake
2-00 DC Hold/Motor Preheat Current 50% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
2-01 DC Brake Current 50% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
2-02 DC Braking Time 10 s All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
2-04 DC Brake Cut In Speed 0 Hz All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
2-06 Parking Current 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
2-07 Parking Time 3s All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
2-1* Brake Energy Funct.
2-10 Brake Function [0] Off All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
5 5
2-11 Brake Resistor (ohm) Size Related All set-ups FALSE -1 Uint16
2-12 Brake Power Limit (kW) Size Related All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
2-14 Brake voltage reduce 0V All set-ups FALSE 0 uint16
2-16 AC Brake, Max current 100% All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
2-17 Over-voltage Control [0] Disabled All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
2-19 Over-voltage Gain 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
2-2* Mechanical Brake
2-20 Release Brake Current 0A All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
2-22 Activate Brake Speed [Hz] 0 Hz All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
2-23 Activate Brake Delay 0s All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint8

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 119

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

5.2.4 3-** Reference/Ramps

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
3-0* Reference Limits
3-00 Reference Range [0] Min - Max All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
3-01 Reference/Feedback Unit Size Related All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
0 ReferenceFeed-
3-02 Minimum Reference backUnit All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
3-03 Maximum Reference Size Related All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
3-04 Reference Function [0] Sum All set-ups TRUE - Uint8

5 5 3-1* References
3-10 Preset Reference 0% All set-ups TRUE -2 Int16
3-11 Jog Speed [Hz] 5 Hz All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
3-12 Catch up/slow Down Value 0% All set-ups TRUE -2 Int16
3-14 Preset Relative Reference 0% All set-ups TRUE -2 Int16
3-15 Reference 1 Source [1] Analog Input 53 All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
3-16 Reference 2 Source [0] No function All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
[11] Local bus
3-17 Reference 3 Source reference All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
Relative Scaling Reference
3-18 Resource [0] No function All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
3-3* Gen Ramp Settings
3-31 Ramp Down w/ dir. Change [0] Off All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
3-4* Ramp 1
3-40 Ramp 1 Type [0] Linear All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
3-41 Ramp 1 Ramp Up Time Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
3-42 Ramp 1 Ramp Down Time Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
3-5* Ramp 2
3-50 Ramp 2 Type [0] Linear All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
3-51 Ramp 2 Ramp Up Time Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
3-52 Ramp 2 Ramp Down Time Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
3-6* Ramp 3
3-60 Ramp 3 Type [0] Linear All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
3-61 Ramp 3 Ramp up Time Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
3-62 Ramp 3 Ramp down Time Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
3-7* Ramp 4
3-70 Ramp 4 Type [0] Linear All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
3-71 Ramp 4 Ramp up Time Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
3-72 Ramp 4 Ramp Down Time Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
3-8* Other Ramps
3-80 Jog Ramp Time Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
3-81 Quick Stop Ramp Time Size Related 1 set-up TRUE -2 Uint32
3-9* Digital Pot.Meter
3-90 Step Size 0.10% All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
3-92 Power Restore [0] Off All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
3-93 Maximum Limit 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16
3-94 Minimum Limit -100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16
3-95 Ramp Delay 1000 ms All set-ups TRUE -3 uint32
3-96 Maximum Limit Switch Reference 25% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16

120 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

5.2.5 4-** Limits/Warnings

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
4-1* Motor Limits
4-10 Motor Speed Direction [0] Clockwise All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
4-12 Motor Speed Low Limit [Hz] 0 Hz All set-ups FALSE -1 Uint16
4-14 Motor Speed High Limit [Hz] 65 Hz All set-ups FALSE -1 Uint16
4-16 Torque Limit Motor Mode Size Related All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
4-17 Torque Limit Generator Mode 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
4-18 Current Limit Size Related All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
4-19 Max Output Frequency
4-2* Limit Factors
Size Related All set-ups FALSE -1 Uint16
5 5
4-20 Torque Limit Factor Source [0] No function All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
4-21 Speed Limit Factor Source [0] No function All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
4-22 Break Away Boost [0] Off All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
4-3* Motor Fb Monitor
4-30 Motor Feedback Loss Function [2] Trip All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
4-31 Motor Feedback Speed Error 20 Hz All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
4-32 Motor Feedback Loss Timeout 0.05 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
4-4* Adj. Warnings 2
4-40 Warning Freq. Low Size Related All set-ups TRUE -1 uint16
4-41 Warning Freq. High Size Related All set-ups TRUE -1 uint16
4-42 Adjustable Temperature Warning 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
4-5* Adj. Warnings
4-50 Warning Current Low 0A All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
4-51 Warning Current High Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
4-54 Warning Reference Low -4999 N/A All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
4-55 Warning Reference High 4999 N/A All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
-4999
4-56 Warning Feedback Low ProcessCtrlUnit All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
4999
4-57 Warning Feedback High ProcessCtrlUnit All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
4-58 Missing Motor Phase Function [1] On All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
4-6* Speed Bypass
4-61 Bypass Speed From [Hz] 0 Hz All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
4-63 Bypass Speed To [Hz] 0 Hz All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 121

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

5.2.6 5-** Digital In/Out

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change Conversio Type

during n index
operation
5-0* Digital I/O mode
5-00 Digital I/O Mode [0] PNP 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
5-01 Terminal 27 Mode [0] Input All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
5-1* Digital Inputs
5-10 Terminal 18 Digital Input [8] Start All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
5-11 Terminal 19 Digital Input [10] Reversing All set-ups TRUE - Uint8

5 5 5-12
5-13
Terminal 27 Digital Input
Terminal 29 Digital Input
Size Related
[14] Jog
All set-ups
All set-ups
TRUE
TRUE
-
-
Uint8
Uint8
5-14 Terminal 32 Digital Input [0] No operation All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
5-15 Terminal 33 Digital Input [16] Preset ref bit 0 All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
5-19 Terminal 37/38 Safe Torque Off [1] Safe Torque Off Alarm 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
5-3* Digital Outputs
5-30 Terminal 27 Digital Output [0] No operation All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
5-34 On Delay, Digital Output 0.01 s All set-ups TRUE -2 uint16
5-35 Off Delay, Digital Output 0.01 s All set-ups TRUE -2 uint16
5-4* Relay
5-40 Function Relay Size Related All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
5-41 On Delay, Relay 0.01 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
5-42 Off Delay, Relay 0.01 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
5-5* Pulse Input
5-50 Term. 29 Low Frequency 4 Hz All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
5-51 Term. 29 High Frequency 32000 Hz All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
5-52 Term. 29 Low Ref./Feedb. Value 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
5-53 Term. 29 High Ref./Feedb. Value Size Related All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
5-55 Term. 33 Low Frequency 4 Hz All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
5-56 Term. 33 High Frequency 32000 Hz All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
5-57 Term. 33 Low Ref./Feedb. Value 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
5-58 Term. 33 High Ref./Feedb. Value Size Related All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
5-6* Pulse Output
Terminal 27 Pulse Output
5-60 Variable [0] No operation All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
5-62 Pulse Output Max Freq 27 5000 Hz All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
5-7* 24V Encoder Input
Term 32/33 Pulses Per
5-70 Revolution 1024 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
5-71 Term 32/33 Encoder Direction [0] Clockwise All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
5-9* Bus Controlled
5-90 Digital & Relay Bus Control 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
5-93 Pulse Out 27 Bus Control 0% All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
5-94 Pulse Out 27 Timeout Preset 0% 1 set-up TRUE -2 Uint16

122 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

5.2.7 6-** Analog In/Out

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
6-0* Analog I/O Mode
6-00 Live Zero Timeout Time 10 s All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function [0] Off All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
6-1* Analog Input 53
6-10 Terminal 53 Low Voltage 0.07 V All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
6-11 Terminal 53 High Voltage 10 V All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
6-14 Terminal 53 Low Ref./Feedb. Value 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32

6-15
Terminal 53 High Ref./Feedb.
Value Size Related All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
5 5
6-16 Terminal 53 Filter Time Constant 0.01 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
6-18 Terminal 53 Digital Input [0] No operation All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
6-19 Terminal 53 mode [1] Voltage mode 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
6-2* Analog Input 54
6-20 Terminal 54 Low Voltage 0.07 V All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
6-21 Terminal 54 High Voltage 10 V All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
6-22 Terminal 54 Low Current 4 mA All set-ups TRUE -5 Uint16
6-23 Terminal 54 High Current 20 mA All set-ups TRUE -5 Uint16
6-24 Terminal 54 Low Ref./Feedb. Value 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
Terminal 54 High Ref./Feedb.
6-25 Value Size Related All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
6-26 Terminal 54 Filter Time Constant 0.01 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
6-29 Terminal 54 mode [1] Voltage mode 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
6-9* Analog/Digital Output 42
6-90 Terminal 42 Mode [0] 0-20 mA All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
6-91 Terminal 42 Analog Output [0] No operation All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
6-92 Terminal 42 Digital Output [0] No operation All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
6-93 Terminal 42 Output Min Scale 0% All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
6-94 Terminal 42 Output Max Scale 100% All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
6-96 Terminal 42 Output Bus Control 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 123

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

5.2.8 7-** Controllers

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
7-0* Speed PID Ctrl.
7-00 Speed PID Feedback Source [20] None All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
7-02 Speed PID Proportional Gain 0.015 N/A All set-ups TRUE -3 Uint16
7-03 Speed PID Integral Time 8 ms All set-ups TRUE -4 Uint32
7-04 Speed PID Differentiation Time 30 ms All set-ups TRUE -4 Uint16
7-05 Speed PID Diff. Gain Limit 5 N/A All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
7-06 Speed PID Lowpass Filter Time 10 ms All set-ups TRUE -4 Uint16

5 5 7-07
7-08
Speed PID Feedback Gear Ratio
Speed PID Feed Forward Factor
1 N/A
0%
All set-ups
All set-ups
FALSE
FALSE
-4
0
Uint32
Uint16
7-1* Torque PID Ctrl.
7-12 Torque PID Proportional Gain 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
7-13 Torque PID Integration Time 0.020 s All set-ups TRUE -3 Uint16
7-2* Process Ctrl. Feedb
7-20 Process CL Feedback 1 Resource [0] No function All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
7-22 Process CL Feedback 2 Resource [0] No function All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
7-3* Process PID Ctrl.
Process PID Normal/ Inverse
7-30 Control [0] Normal All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
7-31 Process PID Anti Windup [1] On All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
7-32 Process PID Start Speed 0 RPM All set-ups TRUE 67 Uint16
7-33 Process PID Proportional Gain 0.01 N/A All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
7-34 Process PID Integral Time 9999 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
7-35 Process PID Differentiation Time 0s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
7-36 Process PID Diff. Gain Limit 5 N/A All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
7-38 Process PID Feed Forward Factor 0% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
7-39 On Reference Bandwidth 5% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
7-4* Adv. Process PID I
7-40 Process PID I-part Reset [0] No All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
7-41 Process PID Output Neg. Clamp -100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16
7-42 Process PID Output Pos. Clamp 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16
Process PID Gain Scale at Min.
7-43 Ref. 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16
Process PID Gain Scale at Max.
7-44 Ref. 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int16
7-45 Process PID Feed Fwd Resource [0] No function All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
Process PID Feed Fwd Normal/
7-46 Inv. Ctrl. [0] Normal All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
7-48 PCD Feed Forward 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
Process PID Output Normal/ Inv.
7-49 Ctrl. [0] Normal All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
7-5* Adv. Process PID II
7-50 Process PID Extended PID [1] Enabled All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
7-51 Process PID Feed Fwd Gain 1 N/A All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
7-52 Process PID Feed Fwd Ramp up 0.01 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
Process PID Feed Fwd Ramp
7-53 down 0.01 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
7-56 Process PID Ref. Filter Time 0.001 s All set-ups TRUE -3 Uint16
7-57 Process PID Fb. Filter Time 0.001 s All set-ups TRUE -3 Uint16
7-6* Feedback Conversion
7-60 Feedback 1 Conversion [0] Linear All set-ups TRUE - Uint8

124 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index

7-62 Feedback 2 Conversion [0] Linear All set-ups TRUE - Uint8

5.2.9 8-** Communications and Options

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
8-0* General Settings
8-00 Option A warning control [0] None All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
[0] Digital and
8-01 Control Site ctrl.word All set-ups TRUE - Uint8 5 5
8-02 Control Source Size Related All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-03 Control Timeout Time 1s 1 set-up TRUE -1 Uint16
8-04 Control Timeout Function [0] Off 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
8-07 Diagnosis Trigger [0] Disable 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
8-1* Ctrl. Word Settings
8-10 Control Word Profile [0] FC profile All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-13 Configurable Status Word STW [1] Profile Default All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-14 Configurable Control Word CTW [1] Profile default All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-19 Product Code Size Related 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
8-3* FC Port Settings
8-30 Protocol [0] FC 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
8-31 Address 1 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint8
8-32 Baud Rate Size Related 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
8-33 Parity / Stop Bits Size Related 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
8-35 Minimum Response Delay 0.01 s 1 set-up TRUE -3 Uint16
8-36 Maximum Response Delay Size Related 1 set-up TRUE -3 Uint16
8-4* FC MC protocol set
8-42 PCD Write Configuration Size Related All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-43 PCD Read Configuration Size Related 1 set-up TRUE - uint8
8-5* Digital/Bus
8-50 Coasting Select [3] Logic OR All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-51 Quick Stop Select [3] Logic OR All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-52 DC Brake Select [3] Logic OR All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-53 Start Select [3] Logic OR All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-54 Reversing Select [3] Logic OR All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-55 Set-up Select [3] Logic OR All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-56 Preset Reference Select [3] Logic OR All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-57 Profidrive OFF2 Select [3] Logic OR All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-58 Profidrive OFF3 Select [3] Logic OR All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
8-7* BACnet
8-79 Protocol Firmware version Size Related 1 set-up FALSE -2 Uint16
8-8* FC Port Diagnostics
8-80 Bus Message Count 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
8-81 Bus Error Count 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
8-82 Slave Messages Rcvd 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
8-83 Slave Error Count 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
8-84 Slave Messages Sent 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
8-85 Slave Timeout Errors 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
8-88 Reset FC port Diagnostics [0] Do not reset 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
8-9* Bus Feedback
8-90 Bus Jog 1 Speed 100 RPM All set-ups TRUE 67 Uint16

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 125

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
8-91 Bus Jog 2 Speed 200 RPM All set-ups TRUE 67 Uint16

5.2.10 9-** PROFIdrive

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
9-00 Setpoint 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
9-07 Actual Value 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-15 PCD Write Configuration Size Related 1 set-up TRUE - Uint16

5 5 9-16
9-18
PCD Read Configuration
Node Address
Size Related
126 N/A
1 set-up
1 set-up
TRUE
TRUE
-
0
Uint16
Uint8
9-19 Drive Unit System Number 1037 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
9-22 Telegram Selection [100] None 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
9-23 Parameters for Signals 0 All set-ups TRUE - Uint16
9-27 Parameter Edit [1] Enabled 1 set-up FALSE - Uint16
[1] Enable cyclic
9-28 Process Control master 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
9-44 Fault Message Counter 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
9-45 Fault Code 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
9-47 Fault Number 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
9-52 Fault Situation Counter 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
9-53 Profibus Warning Word 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 V2
[255] No baud rate
9-63 Actual Baud Rate found All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
9-64 Device Identification 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
9-65 Profile Number 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 OctStr[2]
9-67 Control Word 1 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 V2
9-68 Status Word 1 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 V2
9-70 Edit Set-up [9] Active Set-up 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
9-71 Profibus Save Data Values [0] Off All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
9-72 ProfibusDriveReset [0] No action 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
9-75 DO Identification 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
9-80 Defined Parameters (1) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-81 Defined Parameters (2) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-82 Defined Parameters (3) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-83 Defined Parameters (4) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-84 Defined Parameters (5) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-85 Defined Parameters (6) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-90 Changed Parameters (1) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-91 Changed Parameters (2) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-92 Changed Parameters (3) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-93 Changed Parameters (4) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-94 Changed Parameters (5) 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
9-99 Profibus Revision Counter 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16

5.2.11 10-** CAN Fieldbus

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
10-0* Common Settings
10-01 Baud Rate Select [20] 125 Kbps 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
10-02 Node ID 127 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint8

126 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
10-05 Readout Transmit Error Counter 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
10-06 Readout Receive Error Counter 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
10-3* Parameter Access
10-31 Store Data Values [0] Off All set-ups TRUE - uint8
10-33 Store Always [0] Off 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8

5.2.12 12-** Ethernet

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type

12-0* IP Settings
operation index
5 5
12-00 IP Address Assignment [10] DCP 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-01 IP Address 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 OctStr[4]
12-02 Subnet Mask 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 OctStr[4]
12-03 Default Gateway 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 OctStr[4]
12-04 DHCP Server 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 OctStr[4]
12-05 Lease Expires 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 TimD
12-06 Name Servers 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 OctStr[4]
12-07 Domain Name 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 VisStr[48]
12-08 Host Name 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 VisStr[48]
12-09 Physical Address 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 VisStr[17]
12-1* Ethernet Link Parameters
12-10 Link Status [0] No Link 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-11 Link Duration Size Related All set-ups TRUE 0 TimD
12-12 Auto Negotiation [1] On 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-13 Link Speed [0] None 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-14 Link Duplex [1] Full Duplex 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-2* Process Data
12-23 Process Data Config Write Size 16 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
12-24 Process Data Config Read Size 16 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
12-6* Ethernet PowerLink
12-60 Node ID 1 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint8
12-62 SDO Timeout 30000 ms 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
12-63 Basic Ethernet Timeout 5000.000 ms 1 set-up TRUE 3 Uint32
12-66 Threshold 15 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
12-67 Threshold Counters 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
12-68 Cumulative Counters 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
12-69 Ethernet PowerLink Status 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
12-8* Other Ethernet Services
12-80 FTP Server [0] Disabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-81 HTTP Server [0] Disabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-82 SMTP Service [0] Disabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-89 Transparent Socket Channel Port 4000 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
12-9* Advanced Ethernet Services
12-90 Cable Diagnostic [0] Disabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-91 Auto Cross Over [1] Enabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-92 IGMP Snooping [1] Enabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-93 Cable Error Length 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
12-94 Broadcast Storm Protection -1% 1 set-up TRUE 0 Int8
12-95 Inactivity timeout 120 N/A 1 set-up TRUE - Uint16
12-96 Port Config Size Related 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
12-97 QoS Priority Expression limit (0) 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint8

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 127

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
12-98 Interface Counters 4000 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
12-99 Media Counters 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32

5.2.13 13-** Smart Logic Control

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
13-0* SLC Settings
13-00 SL Controller Mode [0] Off 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8

5 5 13-01 Start Event

[39] Start
command 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
13-02 Stop Event [40] Drive stopped 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
[0] Do not reset
13-03 Reset SLC SLC 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
13-1* Comparators
13-10 Comparator Operand [0] Disabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
[1] Approx.Equal
13-11 Comparator Operator (~) 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
13-12 Comparator Value 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE -3 Int32
13-2* Timers
13-20 SL Controller Timer 0s 1 set-up TRUE -2 Uint32
13-4* Logic Rules
13-40 Logic Rule Boolean 1 [0] False 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
13-41 Logic Rule Operator 1 [0] Disabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
13-42 Logic Rule Boolean 2 [0] False 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
13-43 Logic Rule Operator 2 [0] Disabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
13-44 Logic Rule Boolean 3 [0] False 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
13-5* States
13-51 SL Controller Event [0] False 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
13-52 SL Controller Action [0] Disabled 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8

5.2.14 14-** Special Functions

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
14-0* Inverter Switching
14-01 Switching Frequency Size Related All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
14-03 Overmodulation [1] On All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
14-07 Dead Time Compensation Level Size Related All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint8
14-08 Damping Gain Factor Size Related All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
14-09 Dead Time Bias Current Level Size Related All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint8
14-1* Mains On/Off
14-10 Mains Failure [0] No function All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
14-11 Mains Voltage at Mains Fault Size Related All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
14-12 Function at Mains Imbalance [0] Trip 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
14-15 Kin. Backup Trip Recovery Level Size Related All set-ups TRUE -3 Uint32
14-17 Fast Mains Phase Loss Level 300 % 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
14-18 Fast Mains Phase Loss Min Power 10 % 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
14-19 Counter Clear Time 10 min All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
14-2* Reset Functions
14-20 Reset Mode [0] Manual reset All set-ups TRUE - Uint8

128 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
14-21 Automatic Restart Time 10 s All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
[0] Normal
14-22 Operation Mode operation 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
14-24 Trip Delay at Current Limit 60 s All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
14-25 Trip Delay at Torque Limit 60 s All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
14-27 Action At Inverter Fault [1] Warning All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
14-28 Production Settings [0] No action 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
14-29 Service Code 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
14-3* Current Limit Ctrl.

14-30
Current Lim Ctrl, Proportional
Gain 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
5 5
14-31 Current Lim Ctrl, Integration Time 0.020 s All set-ups TRUE -3 Uint16
14-32 Current Lim Ctrl, Filter Time 5 ms All set-ups TRUE -4 Uint16
14-4* Energy Optimising
14-40 VT Level 66% All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint8
14-41 AEO Minimum Magnetisation 66% All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint8
d-axis current optimization for
14-44 IPM 100% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
14-5* Environment
14-50 RFI Filter [2] Grid Type 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
14-51 DC-Link Voltage Compensation [1] On All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
[5] Constant-on
14-52 Fan Control mode 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
14-55 Output Filter [0] No Filter 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
14-6* Auto Derate
14-61 Function at Inverter Overload [0] Trip All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
14-63 Min Switch Frequency [2] 2.0 kHz 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
Dead Time Compensation Zero
14-64 Current Level [0] Disabled All set-ups FALSE - Uint8
Speed Derate Dead Time
14-65 Compensation Size Related All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint16
14-7* Compatibility
14-70 Compatibility Selections [0] No Function 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
14-8* Options
14-88 Option Data Storage 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint8
[0] Protect Option
14-89 Option Detection Config. 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
14-9* Fault Settings
14-90 Fault Level [3] Trip Lock All set-ups TRUE - Uint8

5.2.15 15-** Drive Information

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
15-0* Operating Data
15-00 Operating hours 0h 1 set-up TRUE 74 Uint32
15-01 Running Hours 0h 1 set-up TRUE 74 Uint32
15-02 kWh Counter 0 kWh 1 set-up TRUE 75 Uint32
15-03 Power Up's 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
15-04 Over Temp's 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
15-05 Over Volt's 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
15-06 Reset kWh Counter [0] Do not reset 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 129

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
15-07 Reset Running Hours Counter [0] Do not reset 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
15-3* Alarm Log
15-30 Alarm Log: Error Code 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint8
15-31 InternalFaultReason 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Int16
15-4* Drive Identification
15-40 FC Type 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[7]
15-41 Power Section 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[20]
15-42 Voltage 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[20]
15-43 Software Version 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[20]

5 5 15-44
15-45
Ordered TypeCode
Actual Typecode String
0 N/A
0 N/A
1 set-up
All set-ups
FALSE
FALSE
0
0
VisStr[41]
VisStr[40]
15-46 Drive Ordering No 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[9]
15-48 LCP Id No 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[21]
15-49 SW ID Control Card 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[21]
15-50 SW ID Power Card 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[21]
15-51 Drive Serial Number 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[13]
15-52 OEM Information 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[40]
15-53 Power Card Serial Number 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[21]
15-57 File Version 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 Uint8
15-59 Filename 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[16]
15-6* Option Ident
15-60 Option Mounted Size Related All set-ups FALSE 0 VisStr[30]
15-61 Option SW Version Size Related All set-ups FALSE 0 VisStr[20]
15-70 Option in Slot A 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 VisStr[30]
15-71 Slot A Option SW Version 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 VisStr[20]
15-9* Parameter Info
15-92 Defined Parameters 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
15-97 Application Type 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
15-98 Drive Identification 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 VisStr[56]
15-99 Parameter Metadata 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 Uint16

5.2.16 16-** Data Readouts

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
16-0* General Status
16-00 Control Word 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
0 ReferenceFeed-
16-01 Reference [Unit] backUnit 1 set-up TRUE -3 Int32
16-02 Reference [%] 0% 1 set-up TRUE -1 Int16
16-03 Status Word 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
16-05 Main Actual Value [%] 0% 1 set-up TRUE -2 Int16
0 CustomRea-
16-09 Custom Readout doutUnit 1 set-up TRUE -2 Int32
16-1* Motor Status
16-10 Power [kW] 0 kW 1 set-up TRUE -3 Uint32
16-11 Power [hp] 0 hp 1 set-up TRUE -3 Uint32
16-12 Motor Voltage 0V 1 set-up TRUE -1 Uint32
16-13 Frequency 0 Hz 1 set-up TRUE -1 Uint32
16-14 Motor current 0A 1 set-up TRUE -2 Uint16
16-15 Frequency [%] 0% 1 set-up TRUE -1 Uint16
16-16 Torque [Nm] 0 Nm All set-ups FALSE -1 Int32

130 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
16-17 Speed [RPM] 0 RPM All set-ups FALSE 0 Int32
16-18 Motor Thermal 0% 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint8
16-20 Motor Angle 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
16-22 Torque [%] 0% All set-ups FALSE 0 Int16
16-3* Drive Status
16-30 DC Link Voltage 0V 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
16-33 Brake Energy /2 min 0 kW All set-ups FALSE 0 Uint32
16-34 Heatsink Temp. 0 °C 1 set-up TRUE 100 Int8
16-35 Inverter Thermal 0% 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint8
16-36
16-37
Inv. Nom. Current
Inv. Max. Current
0A
0A
1 set-up
1 set-up
TRUE
TRUE
-2
-2
Uint16
Uint16
5 5
16-38 SL Controller State 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint8
16-39 Control Card Temp. 0 °C All set-ups FALSE 100 Uint16
16-5* Ref. & Feedb.
16-50 External Reference 0% 1 set-up TRUE -1 Int16
16-52 Feedback[Unit] 0 ProcessCtrlUnit 1 set-up TRUE -3 Int32
16-53 Digi Pot Reference 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE -2 Int16
16-57 Feedback [RPM] 0 RPM All set-ups FALSE 67 Int32
16-6* Inputs & Outputs
16-60 Digital Input 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
16-61 Terminal 53 Setting Size Related 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
16-62 Analog Input 53 1 N/A 1 set-up TRUE -2 Uint16
16-63 Terminal 54 Setting Size Related 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
16-64 Analog Input AI54 1 N/A 1 set-up TRUE -2 Uint16
16-65 Analog Output 42 [mA] 0 mA 1 set-up TRUE -2 Uint16
16-66 Digital Output 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 VisStr[5]
16-67 Pulse Input 29[Hz] 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Int32
16-68 Pulse Input 33 [Hz] 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Int32
16-69 Pulse Output 27 [Hz] 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 Int32
16-71 Relay Output 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
16-72 Counter A 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Int16
16-73 Counter B 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Int16
16-74 Prec. Stop Counter 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint32
16-8* Fieldbus & FC Port
16-80 Fieldbus CTW 1 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
16-82 Fieldbus REF 1 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Int16
16-84 Comm. Option STW 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16
16-85 FC Port CTW 1 1084 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 uint16
16-86 FC Port REF 1 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Int16
16-9* Diagnosis Readouts
16-90 Alarm Word 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
16-91 Alarm Word 2 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
16-92 Warning Word 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
16-93 Warning Word 2 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
16-94 Ext. Status Word 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
16-95 Ext. Status Word 2 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
16-97 Alarm Word 3 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
16-98 Warning Word 3 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 131

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

5.2.17 18-** Data Readouts 2

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
18-5* Memory Module Readout
18-51 Memory Module Warning Reason 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
18-52 Memory Module ID 0 N/A All set-ups FALSE 0 VisStr[18]
18-9* PID Readouts
18-90 Process PID Error 0% All set-ups FALSE -1 Int16
18-91 Process PID Output 0% All set-ups FALSE -1 Int16
18-92 Process PID Clamped Output 0% All set-ups FALSE -1 Int16

5 5 18-93 Process PID Gain Scaled Output 0% All set-ups FALSE -1 Int16

5.2.18 21-** Ext. Closed Loop

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
21-0* Ext. CL Autotuning
21-09 Extended PID Enable [0] Disabled All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
21-1* Ext. CL 1 Ref./Fb.
21-11 Ext. 1 Minimum Reference 0 ExtPID1Unit All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
21-12 Ext. 1 Maximum Reference 100 ExtPID1Unit All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
21-13 Ext. 1 Reference Source [0] No function All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
21-14 Ext. 1 Feedback Source [0] No function All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
21-15 Ext. 1 Setpoint 0 ExtPID1Unit All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
21-17 Ext. 1 Reference [Unit] 0 ExtPID1Unit All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
21-18 Ext. 1 Feedback [Unit] 0 ExtPID1Unit All set-ups TRUE -3 Int32
21-19 Ext. 1 Output [%] 0% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int32
Ext. CL 1 PID
21-20 Ext. 1 Normal/Inverse Control [0] Normal All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
21-21 Ext. 1 Proportional Gain 0.01 N/A All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
21-22 Ext. 1 Integral Time 10000 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint32
21-23 Ext. 1 Differentation Time 0s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
21-24 Ext. 1 Dif. Gain Limit 5 N/A All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16

5.2.19 22-** Application Functions

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
22-4* Sleep Mode
22-40 Minimum Run Time 10 s All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
22-41 Minimum Sleep Time 10 s All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
22-43 Wake-Up Speed [Hz] 10 N/A All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
22-44 Wake-Up Ref./FB Diff 10% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
22-45 Setpoint Boost 0% All set-ups TRUE 0 Int8
22-46 Maximum Boost Time 60 s All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
22-47 Sleep Speed [Hz] 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint16
22-6* Broken Belt Detection
22-60 Broken Belt Function [0] Off All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
22-61 Broken Belt Torque 10% All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint8
22-62 Broken Belt Delay 10 s All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16

132 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

5.2.20 30-** Special Features

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
30-2* Adv. Start Adjust
30-20 High Starting Torque Time [s] Size Related All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint16
30-21 High Starting Torque Current [%] Size Related All set-ups TRUE -1 Uint32
30-22 Locked Rotor Detection [0] Off All set-ups TRUE - Uint8
30-23 Locked Rotor Detection Time [s] 0.10 s All set-ups TRUE -2 Uint8

5.2.21 31-** Special Option

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
5 5
operation index
31-4* Memory Module
[1] Only Allow
31-40 Memory Module Function Download 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
31-41 MM Information 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 VisStr[20]
Configure Memory Module
31-42 Access [0] No action 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
31-43 Erase_MM [0] No function 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
31-47 Time Limit Function [0] Disabled 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
31-48 Time Limit Remaining Time 720 h 1 set-up FALSE 0 Uint16

5.2.22 32-** Motion Control Basic Settings

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
32-11 User Unit Denominator 1 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 Uint32
32-12 User Unit Numerator 1 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 Uint32
32-67 Max. Tolerated Position Error 2000000 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint32
32-80 Maximum Allowed Velocity 1500 RPM 1 set-up FALSE 67 Uint16
32-81 Motion Ctrl Quick Stop Ramp 1000 ms 1 set-up TRUE -3 Uint32

5.2.23 33-** Motion Control Adv. Settings

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
33-00 Homing Mode [0] Not forced 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
33-01 Home Offset 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Int32
33-02 Home Ramp Time 10 ms 1 set-up TRUE -3 Uint16
33-03 Homing Velocity 100 RPM 1 set-up TRUE 67 Int16
[1] Reverse no
33-04 Homing Behaviour index 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
33-41 Negative Software Limit -500000 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Int32
33-42 Positive Software Limit 500000 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Int32
33-43 Negative Software Limit Active [0] Inactive 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
33-44 Positive Software Limit Active [0] Inactive 1 set-up TRUE - Uint8
33-47 Target Position Window 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 Uint16

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 133

 Parameter Lists VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

5.2.24 34-** Motion Control Data Readouts

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
34-0* PCD Write Par.
34-01 PCD 1 Write For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-02 PCD 2 Write For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-03 PCD 3 Write For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-04 PCD 4 Write For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-05 PCD 5 Write For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-06 PCD 6 Write For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16

5 5 34-07
34-08
PCD 7 Write For Application
PCD 8 Write For Application
0 N/A
0 N/A
All set-ups
All set-ups
TRUE
TRUE
0
0
Uint16
Uint16
34-09 PCD 9 Write For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-10 PCD 10 Write For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-2* PCD Read Par.
34-21 PCD 1 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-22 PCD 2 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-23 PCD 3 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-24 PCD 4 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-25 PCD 5 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-26 PCD 6 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-27 PCD 7 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-28 PCD 8 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-29 PCD 9 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-30 PCD 10 Read For Application 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Uint16
34-5* Process Data
34-50 Actual Position 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Int32
34-56 Track Error 0 N/A All set-ups TRUE 0 Int32

5.2.25 37-** Application Settings

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
37-0* ApplicationMode
37-00 Application Mode [0] Drive mode 1 set-up FALSE - Uint8
37-1* Position Control
37-01 Pos. Feedback Source [0] 24 V Encoder 1 set-up FALSE - uint8
37-02 Pos. Target 0 N/A 1 set-up FALSE 0 Int32
37-03 Pos. Type [0] Absolute 1 set-up FALSE - uint8
37-04 Pos. Velocity 100 RPM 1 set-up FALSE 67 uint16
37-05 Pos. Ramp Up Time 5000 ms 1 set-up FALSE -3 uint32
37-06 Pos. Ramp Down Time 5000 ms 1 set-up FALSE -3 uint32
37-07 Pos. Auto Brake Ctrl [1] Enable 1 set-up TRUE - uint8
37-08 Pos. Hold Delay 0 ms 1 set-up TRUE -3 uint32
37-09 Pos. Coast Delay 200 ms 1 set-up TRUE -3 uint16
37-10 Pos. Brake Delay 200 ms 1 set-up TRUE -3 uint16
37-11 Pos. Brake Wear Limit 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 uint32
37-12 Pos. PID Anti Windup [1] Enable 1 set-up TRUE - uint8
37-13 Pos. PID Output Clamp 1000 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 uint16
37-14 Pos. Ctrl. Source [0] DI 1 set-up TRUE - uint8
37-15 Pos. Direction Block [0] No Blocking 1 set-up TRUE - uint8
[0] Ramp
37-17 Pos. Ctrl Fault Behaviour Down&Brake 1 set-up FALSE - uint8

134 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Parameter Lists Programming Guide

Parameter # Parameter description Default value 4 set-up Change during Conversion Type
operation index
37-18 Pos. Ctrl Fault Reason [0] No Fault 1 set-up TRUE - uint8
37-19 Pos. New Index 0 N/A 1 set-up TRUE 0 uint8

5 5

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 135

 Troubleshooting VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

6 Troubleshooting

6.1 Warnings and Alarms 6.1.3 Warning/Alarm Messages

When the frequency converter fault circuitry detects a fault The LEDs on the front of the frequency converter and a
condition or a pending fault, a warning or alarm is issued. code in the display signal a warning or an alarm.
A flashing display on the LCP indicates an alarm or
warning condition and the associated number code on line
Warning Yellow
2. Sometimes a warning precedes an alarm.
Alarm Flashing red

6.1.1 Alarms Table 6.1 LED Indication

An alarm causes the frequency converter to trip (suspend A warning indicates a condition that requires attention, or
6 6 operation). The frequency converter has 3 trip conditions,
which are shown in line 1:
a trend that would eventually require attention. A warning
remains active until the cause is no longer present. Under
some circumstances, motor operation could continue.
Trip (auto restart)
The frequency converter is programmed to restart An alarm triggers a trip. The trip removes power to the
automatically after the fault is removed. The number of motor. It can be reset after the condition has been cleared
automatic reset attempts can be continuous or limited to a by pressing [Reset], or through a digital input (parameter
programmed number of attempts. If the selected number group 5-1* Digital Inputs). The event that caused an alarm
of automatic reset attempts is exceeded, the trip condition cannot damage the frequency converter, or cause a
changes to trip (reset). dangerous condition. Alarms must be reset to restart
operation once their cause has been rectified.
Trip (reset)
Requires resetting of the frequency converter before
operation after a fault is cleared. To reset the frequency The reset can be done in 3 ways:
converter manually, press [Reset] or use a digital input, or • Press [Reset].
a fieldbus command. For NLCP, stop and reset are the same • A digital reset input.
key, [Off/Reset]. If [Off/Reset] is used to reset the frequency
converter, press [Start] to initiate a run command in either
• Serial communication/optional fieldbus reset
signal.
hand-on mode or auto-on mode.
Trip lock (disc>mains)
NOTICE
Disconnect the mains AC input power to the frequency After a manual reset pressing [Reset], press [Auto On] to
converter long enough for the display to go blank. Remove restart the motor.
the fault condition and reapply power. Following power-up,
the fault indication changes to trip (reset) and allows for A warning precedes an alarm.
manual, digital, or fieldbus reset.
A trip lock is an action when an alarm occurs, which can
6.1.2 Warnings damage the frequency converter or connected equipment.
Power is removed from the motor. A trip lock can only be
During a warning, the frequency converter remains reset after a power cycle has cleared the condition. Once
operational, although the warning flashes for as long as the problem has been rectified, only the alarm continues
the condition exists. The frequency converter could, flashing until the frequency converter is reset.
however, reduce the warning condition. For example, if the
warning shown was warning 12, Torque Limit, the frequency The alarm words, warning words and extended status
converter would reduce speed to compensate for the words can be accessed via fieldbus or optional fieldbus for
overcurrent condition. Sometimes, if the condition is not diagnosis.
corrected or worsens, an alarm condition is activated and
the frequency converter stops output to the motor
terminals. Line 1 identifies the warning in plain language,
and line 2 identifies the warning number.

136 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Troubleshooting Programming Guide

6.1.4 Warning and Alarm Code List

An (X) marked in Table 6.2 indicates that the warning or alarm has occurred.

No. Description Warning Alarm Trip lock Cause

The signal on terminal 53 or 54 is less than 50% of the
value set in parameter 6-10 Terminal 53 Low Voltage,
2 Live zero error X X –
parameter 6-20 Terminal 54 Low Voltage, and
parameter 6-22 Terminal 54 Low Current.
No motor has been connected to the output of the
3 No motor X – –
frequency converter.
Missing phase on the supply side, or the voltage
4 Mains phase loss1) X X X
imbalance is too high. Check the supply voltage.
7 DC overvoltage1) X X – DC-link voltage exceeds limit.

8 DC undervoltage1) X X –
DC-link voltage drops below the voltage warning low
limit.
6 6
9 Inverter overloaded X X – More than 100% load for too long.
Motor is too hot due to more than 100% load for too
10 Motor ETR overtemperature X X –
long.
Motor thermistor overtem- Thermistor or thermistor connection is disconnected, or
11 X X –
perature the motor is too hot.
Torque exceeds the value set in either
12 Torque limit X X – parameter 4-16 Torque Limit Motor Mode or
parameter 4-17 Torque Limit Generator Mode.
Inverter peak current limit is exceeded. If this alarm
13 Overcurrent X X X occurs on power-up, check whether power cables are
mistakenly connected to the motor terminals.
14 Ground fault – X X Discharge from output phases to ground.
16 Short circuit – X X Short circuit in motor or on motor terminals.
17 Control word timeout X X – No communication to frequency converter.
Brake resistor is short-circuited, thus the brake function is
25 Brake resistor short-circuited – X X
disconnected.
The power transmitted to the brake resistor over the last
26 Brake overload X X – 120 s exceeds the limit. Possible corrections: Decrease
brake energy via lower speed or longer ramp time.
Brake IGBT/brake chopper short- Brake transistor is short-circuited, thus the brake function
27 – X X
circuited is disconnected.
28 Brake check – X – Brake resistor is not connected/working.
30 U phase loss – X X Motor phase U is missing. Check the phase.
31 V phase loss – X X Motor phase V is missing. Check the phase.
32 W phase loss – X X Motor phase W is missing. Check the phase.
34 Fieldbus fault X X – PROFIBUS communication issues have occurred.
35 Option fault – X – Fieldbus detects internal faults.
This warning/alarm is only active if the supply voltage to
the frequency converter is less than the value set in
36 Mains failure X X – parameter 14-11 Mains Fault Voltage Level, and
parameter 14-10 Mains Failure is NOT set to [0] No
Function.
38 Internal fault – X X Contact the local Danfoss supplier.
Check the load connected to terminal 27 or remove
40 Overload T27 X – –
short-circuit connection.
46 Gate drive voltage fault – X X –
47 24 V supply low X X X 24 V DC may be overloaded.
The motor speed is below the specified limit in
49 Speed limit – X –
parameter 1-87 Trip Speed Low [Hz].

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 137

 Troubleshooting VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

No. Description Warning Alarm Trip lock Cause

50 AMA calibration failed – X – A calibration error has occurred.
51 AMA check Unom and Inom – X – Wrong setting for motor voltage and/or motor current.
52 AMA low Inom – X – Motor current is too low. Check the settings.
The power size of the motor is too large for the AMA to
53 AMA big motor – X –
operate.
The power size of the motor is too small for the AMA to
54 AMA small motor – X –
operate.
The parameter values of the motor are outside of the
55 AMA parameter range – X –
acceptable range. AMA does not run.
56 AMA interrupt – X – The AMA is interrupted.
57 AMA timeout – X – –
58 AMA internal – X – Contact Danfoss.
59 Current limit X X – Frequency converter overload.

6 6 60
61
External interlock
Encoder loss X
– X
X
–
–
External interlock has been activated.
–
The actual motor current has not exceeded the release
63 Mechanical brake low – X –
brake current within the start delay time window.
The cutout temperature of the control card has exceeded
65 Control card temp X X X
the upper limit.
A new option is detected or a mounted option is
67 Option change – X –
removed.
STO is activated. If STO is in manual restart mode
(default), to resume normal operation, apply 24 V DC to
terminals 37 and 38, and initiate a reset signal (via
68 Safe Torque Off2) X X – fieldbus, digital I/O, or [Reset]/[Off Reset] key). If STO is in
automatic restart mode, applying 24 V DC to terminals 37
and 38 automatically resumes the frequency converter to
normal operation.
The cutout temperature of the power card has exceeded
69 Power card temp X X X
the upper limit.
80 Drive initialized to default value – X – All parameter settings are initialized to default settings.
Occurs in IT mains when the frequency converter coasts,
and the DC voltage is higher than 830 V for 400 V units
87 Auto DC braking X – – and 425 V for 200 V units. The motor consumes energy
on the DC link. This function can be enabled/disabled in
parameter 0-07 Auto DC Braking.
88 Option detection – X X The option is removed successfully.
95 Broken belt X X – –
Rotor is blocked.
99 Locked rotor – X –

120 Position control fault – X – –

126 Motor rotating – X – PM motor is rotating when AMA is performed.
127 Back EMF too high X – – The back EMF of PM motor is too high before starting.
24 V DC supply is connected to only 1 of the 2 STO
terminals (37 and 38), or a failure in STO channels is
detected. Ensure that both terminals are powered by a
188 STO internal fault2) – X –
24 V DC supply, and that the discrepancy between the
signals at the 2 terminals is less than 12 ms. If the fault
still occurs, contact the local Danfoss supplier.
nw Parameters can only be changed when the motor is
Not while running – – –
run stopped.

138 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Troubleshooting Programming Guide

No. Description Warning Alarm Trip lock Cause

Occurs when using a wrong password for changing a
Err. A wrong password was entered – – –
password-protected parameter.

Table 6.2 Warnings and Alarms Code List

1) Mains distortions may cause these faults. Installing a Danfoss line filter may rectify this problem.
2) This alarm cannot be reset via parameter 14-20 Reset Mode automatically.

For diagnosis, read out the alarm words, warning words, and extended status words.

Alarm word Alarm word Warning word Extended

Alarm word Warning word Extended
2 3 2 status word
(parameter 1 (parameter 16- status word 2
Bit Hex Dec (parameter (parameter 1 (parameter 16 (parameter 16-
6-90 Alarm 92 Warning (parameter 16-95 Ext
Word)
16-91 Alarm 6-97 Alarm
Word 2) Word 3)
Word)
-93 Warning
Word 2)
94 Ext. Status
Word)
. Status Word 2) 6 6
000000 STO function
0 1 Brake check Reserved Reserved Reserved Ramping Off
01 fault
000000 Pwr. card Gate drive Pwr. card
1 2 MM alarm Reserved AMA tuning Hand/Auto
02 temp voltage fault temp
000000
2 4 Earth fault Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Start CW/CCW Profibus OFF1 active
04
000000 Ctrl. card
3 8 Reserved Reserved Ctrl. card temp Reserved Slowdown Profibus OFF2 active
08 temp
000000 Ctrl. word
4 16 Reserved Reserved Ctrl. word TO Reserved Catchup Profibus OFF3 active
10 TO
000000
5 32 Overcurrent Reserved Reserved Overcurrent Reserved Feedback high Reserved
20
000000
6 64 Torque limit Reserved Reserved Torque limit Reserved Feedback low Reserved
40
000000 Motor Th. Output current
7 128 Reserved Reserved Motor Th. over Reserved Control ready
80 over high
000001 Motor ETR Motor ETR Output current Frequency converter
8 256 Broken belt Reserved Broken belt
00 over over low ready
000002 Inverter Output freq.
9 512 Reserved Reserved Inverter overld. Reserved Quick stop
00 overld. high
000004 DC Output freq.
10 1024 Start failed Reserved DC undervolt. Reserved DC brake
00 undervolt. low
000008
11 2048 DC overvolt. Speed limit Reserved DC overvolt. Reserved Brake check OK Stop
00
000010 External
12 4096 Short circuit Reserved Reserved Reserved Braking max Reserved
00 interlock
000020 Freeze output
13 8192 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Braking
00 request
000040 Mains ph.
14 16384 Reserved Reserved Mains ph. loss Reserved Reserved Freeze output
00 loss
000080 Auto DC
15 32768 AMA not OK Reserved Reserved No motor OVC active Jog request
00 braking
000100 Live zero
16 65536 Reserved Reserved Live zero error Reserved AC brake Jog
00 error
000200
17 131072 Internal fault Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Start request
00

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 139

 Troubleshooting VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

Alarm word Alarm word Warning word Extended

Alarm word Warning word Extended
2 3 2 status word
(parameter 1 (parameter 16- status word 2
Bit Hex Dec (parameter (parameter 1 (parameter 16 (parameter 16-
6-90 Alarm 92 Warning (parameter 16-95 Ext
16-91 Alarm 6-97 Alarm -93 Warning 94 Ext. Status
Word) Word) . Status Word 2)
Word 2) Word 3) Word 2) Word)

000400 Brake Brake resistor

18 262144 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Start
00 overload power limit
000800
19 524288 U phase loss Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reference high Reserved
00
001000 Option
20 1048576 V phase loss Reserved Reserved Overload T27 Reference low Start delay
00 detection

6 6 21
002000
00
2097152 W phase loss Option fault Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Sleep

004000 Fieldbus Memory

22 4194304 Locked rotor Reserved Fieldbus fault Reserved Sleep boost
00 fault module
008000 24 V supply Position ctrl. 24 V supply
23 8388608 Reserved Reserved Reserved Running
00 low fault low
010000
24 16777216 Mains failure Reserved Reserved Mains failure Reserved Reserved Bypass
00
020000
25 33554432 Reserved Current limit Reserved Current limit Reserved Reserved Reserved
00
040000 Brake
26 67108864 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved External interlock
00 resistor
080000 13421772
27 Brake IGBT Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
00 8
100000 26843545 Option
28 Reserved Reserved Encoder loss Reserved Reserved FlyStart active
00 6 change
Frequency
200000 53687091 Back EMF too Heat sink clean
29 converter Encoder loss Reserved Reserved Reserved
00 2 high warning
initialized
400000 10737418 Safe Torque Safe Torque
30 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
00 24 Off Off
800000 21474836 Mech. brake
31 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Database busy Reserved
00 48 low

Table 6.3 Description of Alarm Word, Warning Word, and Extended Status Word

140 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Troubleshooting Programming Guide

WARNING/ALARM 2, Live zero error • Show the thermal frequency converter load on
This warning or alarm only appears if programmed in the LCP and monitor the value. When running
parameter 6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function. The signal on 1 above the frequency converter continuous
of the analog inputs is less than 50% of the minimum current rating, the counter increases. When
value programmed for that input. Broken wiring or faulty running below the frequency converter
device sending the signal can cause this condition. continuous current rating, the counter decreases.
Troubleshooting WARNING/ALARM 10, Motor overload temperature
• Check connections on all the analog input According to the electronic thermal protection (ETR), the
terminals. Control card terminals 53 and 54 for motor is too hot. Select whether the frequency converter
signals, terminal 55 common. issues a warning or an alarm when the counter reaches
100% in parameter 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection. The fault
• Check that the frequency converter programming
occurs when the motor runs with more than 100%
and switch settings match the analog signal type.
overload for too long.
• Perform the input terminal signal test.
Troubleshooting
WARNING/ALARM 4, Mains phase loss
A phase is missing on the supply side, or the mains
• Check for motor overheating. 6 6
voltage imbalance is too high. This message also appears • Check if the motor is mechanically overloaded.
for a fault in the input rectifier. Options are programmed in • Check that the motor current set in
parameter 14-12 Function at Mains Imbalance. parameter 1-24 Motor Current is correct.
Troubleshooting • Ensure that motor data in parameters 1-20 to 1-25
• Check the supply voltage and supply currents to is set correctly.
the frequency converter.
• Running AMA in parameter 1-29 Automatic Motor
WARNING/ALARM 7, DC overvoltage Adaptation (AMA) tunes the frequency converter
If the DC-link voltage exceeds the limit, the frequency to the motor more accurately and reduces
converter trips after a time. thermal loading.
Troubleshooting WARNING/ALARM 11, Motor thermistor overtemp
• Extend the ramp time. Check whether the thermistor is disconnected. Select
whether the frequency converter issues a warning or an
• Change the ramp type.
alarm in parameter 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection.
WARNING/ALARM 8, DC under voltage
Troubleshooting
If the DC-link voltage (DC-link) drops below the
undervoltage limit, the frequency converter trips after a • Check for motor overheating.
fixed time delay. The time delay varies with unit size. • Check if the motor is mechanically overloaded.
Troubleshooting • When using terminal 53 or 54, check that the
• Check that the supply voltage matches the thermistor is connected correctly between either
frequency converter voltage. terminal 53 or 54 (analog voltage input) and
terminal 50 (+10 V supply). Also check that the
• Perform the input voltage test.
terminal switch for 53 or 54 is set for voltage.
• Perform the soft charge circuit test. Check that parameter 1-93 Thermistor Source
WARNING/ALARM 9, Inverter overload selects terminal 53 or 54.
The frequency converter is about to cut out because of an • When using terminal 18, 19, 32, or 33 (digital
overload (too high current for too long). The counter for inputs), check that the thermistor is connected
electronic, thermal inverter protection issues a warning at correctly between the digital input terminal used
90% and trips at 100%, while giving an alarm. The (digital input PNP only) and terminal 50. Select
frequency converter cannot be reset until the counter is the terminal to use in parameter 1-93 Thermistor
below 0%. Source.
The fault occurs when the frequency converter has run
with more than 100% overload for too long.
WARNING/ALARM 12, Torque limit
Troubleshooting The torque has exceeded the value in
• Compare the output current shown on the LCP parameter 4-16 Torque Limit Motor Mode or the value in
with the frequency converter rated current. parameter 4-17 Torque Limit Generator Mode.
Parameter 14-25 Trip Delay at Torque Limit can change this
• Compare the output current shown on the LCP
with measured motor current. warning from a warning-only condition to a warning
followed by an alarm.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 141

 Troubleshooting VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

Troubleshooting • Check the operation of the communication

• If the motor torque limit is exceeded during equipment.
ramp-up, extend the ramp-up time.
• Verify a proper installation based on EMC
• If the generator torque limit is exceeded during requirements.
ramp-down, extend the ramp-down time. ALARM 25, Brake resistor short circuit
• If torque limit occurs while running, increase the The brake resistor is monitored during start-up. If a short
torque limit. Make sure that the system can circuit occurs, the brake function is disabled and the alarm
operate safely at a higher torque. appears. The frequency converter is tripped.
• Check the application for excessive current draw Troubleshooting
on the motor. • Remove the power to the frequency converter
and check the connection of the brake resistor.
WARNING/ALARM 13, Over current
The inverter peak current limit (approximately 200% of the WARNING/ALARM 26, Brake resistor power limit
rated current) is exceeded. The warning lasts about 5 s, The power transmitted to the brake resistor is calculated as

6 6 then the frequency converter trips and issues an alarm.

Shock loading or fast acceleration with high-inertia loads
a mean value over the last 120 s of run time. The
calculation is based on the DC-link voltage and the brake
can cause this fault. resistor value set in parameter 2-11 Brake Resistor (ohm).
The warning is active when the dissipated braking power
Troubleshooting
is higher than the value set in parameter 2-12 Brake Power
• Remove power and check if the motor shaft can Limit (kW). The frequency converter trips if the warning
be turned.
persists for 1200 s.
• Check that the motor size matches the frequency
Troubleshooting
converter.
• Decrease brake energy via lower speed or longer
• Check parameters 1-20 to 1-25 for correct motor ramp time.
data.
ALARM 27, Brake IGBT/brake chopper short circuited
ALARM 14, Earth (ground) fault The brake transistor is monitored during start-up. If a short
There is current from the output phases to ground, either circuit occurs, the brake function is disabled, and an alarm
in the cable between the frequency converter and the is issued. The frequency converter is tripped.
motor, or in the motor itself.
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting • Remove the power to the frequency converter
• Remove power to the frequency converter and and remove the brake resistor.
repair the ground fault.
ALARM 28, Brake check
• Check for ground faults in the motor by The brake resistor is not connected or not working.
measuring the resistance to ground of the motor
Troubleshooting
cables and the motor with a megohmmeter.
• Check if brake resistor is connected or it is too
ALARM 16, Short circuit large for the frequency converter.
There is short-circuiting in the motor or motor wiring.
ALARM 30, Motor phase U missing
• Remove power to the frequency converter and Motor phase U between the frequency converter and the
repair the short circuit. motor is missing.
WARNING/ALARM 17, Control word timeout Troubleshooting
There is no communication to the frequency converter. • Remove power from the frequency converter and
The warning is only active when parameter 8-04 Control check motor phase U.
Word Timeout Function is NOT set to [0] Off.
ALARM 31, Motor phase V missing
If parameter 8-04 Control Word Timeout Function is set to [5]
Motor phase V between the frequency converter and the
Stop and Trip, a warning appears. The frequency converter
motor is missing.
then ramps down until it trips, while giving an alarm.
Parameter 8-03 Control Timeout Time could possibly be Troubleshooting
increased. • Remove power from the frequency converter and
check motor phase V.
Troubleshooting
• Check connections on the serial communication ALARM 32, Motor phase W missing
cable. Motor phase W between the frequency converter and the
motor is missing.
• Increase parameter 8-03 Control Word Timeout
Time.

142 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Troubleshooting Programming Guide

Troubleshooting Fault
Cause Solution
• Remove power from the frequency converter and number
check motor phase W. Upgrade the software in the
WARNING/ALARM 34, Fieldbus communication fault frequency converter to the
Frequency converter
The fieldbus on the communication option card is not 4608 latest version. If the alarm
power size error
working. occurs again, contact a Danfoss
supplier.
ALARM 35, Option fault The hardware version of the
An option alarm is received. The alarm is option-specific. Option hardware option or the fieldbus variant is
The most likely cause is a power-up or a communication 5632
version error not compatible with the
fault. frequency converter software.
WARNING/ALARM 36, Mains failure The software version of the
This warning/alarm is only active if the supply voltage to option or the fieldbus variant is
the drive is lost and parameter 14-10 Mains Failure is not not compatible with the
Option software
set to [0] No function. 5888 frequency converter software.
Troubleshooting
version error
Change either the fieldbus 6 6
• Check the fuses to the drive and mains supply to software or the frequency
the unit. converter software.
The option is not Check if the product supports
ALARM 38, Internal fault 6144
supported this option.
When an internal fault occurs, a code number is shown.
Option combination
6400 Remove the option.
Troubleshooting error
See Table 6.4 for the causes and solutions for different Power cycle the frequency
internal faults. If the fault persists, contact the Danfoss converter. If the alarm occurs
Other Other internal faults
supplier or service department for assistance. again, contact a Danfoss
supplier.
Fault
Cause Solution
number Table 6.4 Internal Fault List
Upgrade the software in the
Power board
140–142 frequency converter to the WARNING 40, Overload of digital output terminal 27
EEPROM data error
latest version. Check the load connected to terminal 27 or remove the
The firmware in the short-circuit connection. Check parameter 5-00 Digital I/O
Upgrade the software in the
frequency converter Mode and parameter 5-01 Terminal 27 Mode.
176 frequency converter to the
does not match the
latest version. ALARM 46, Power card supply
frequency converter.
The supply for the gate drive on the power card is out of
Upgrade the software in the range. It is generated by the switch mode supply (SMPS)
Flash ROM
256 frequency converter to the on the power card.
checksum error
latest version.
Troubleshooting
Firmware mismatch
between the control
Upgrade the software in the • Check for a defective power card.
2304 frequency converter to the
card and the power WARNING 47, 24 V supply low
latest version.
card. The 24 V DC is measured on the control card. This alarm
Upgrade the software in the appears when the detected voltage of terminal 12 is lower
frequency converter to the than 18 V.
Communication
latest version. If the alarm Troubleshooting
error between the
2560
control card and the
occurs again, check the
• Check for a defective control card.
connection between the
power card. WARNING 49, Speed limit
control card and the power
card. When the speed is below the specified limit in
parameter 1-87 Trip Speed Low [Hz] (except when starting or
Upgrade the software in the
Serial flash version stopping) over 2 s, the frequency converter trips with this
3840 frequency converter to the
error alarm.
latest version.
ALARM 50, AMA calibration failed
A calibration error has occurred. Contact a Danfoss supplier
or the Danfoss service department.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 143

 Troubleshooting VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

ALARM 51, AMA check Unom and Inom • Set the tolerable feedback loss time in
The settings for motor voltage, motor current, and motor parameter 4-32 Motor Feedback Loss Timeout.
power are wrong.
ALARM 63, Mechanical brake low
Troubleshooting The actual motor current has not exceeded the release
• Check the settings in parameters 1-20 to 1-25. brake current within the start delay time window.
ALARM 52, AMA low Inom WARNING/ALARM 65, Control card over temperature
The motor current is too low. The cutout temperature of the control card has exceeded
the upper limit.
Troubleshooting
• Check the setting in parameter 1-24 Motor Current. Troubleshooting
ALARM 53, AMA motor too big • Check that the ambient operating temperature is
within the limits.
The motor is too large for the AMA to operate.
ALARM 54, AMA motor too small • Check the fan operation.
The motor is too small for the AMA to operate. • Check the control card.
6 6 ALARM 55, AMA parameter out of range ALARM 67, Option module configuration has changed
The parameter values of the motor are outside of the One or more options have either been added or removed
acceptable range. The AMA does not run. since the last power-down. Check that the configuration
change is intentional and reset the unit.
ALARM 56, AMA interrupted by user
The AMA is manually interrupted. WARNING/ALARM 68, Safe Torque Off
Safe Torque Off (STO) is activated. If STO is in manual
ALARM 57, AMA internal fault
restart mode (default), to resume normal operation, apply
Try to restart the AMA again. Repeated restarts can
24 V DC to terminals 37 and 38 and initiate a reset signal
overheat the motor.
(via fieldbus, digital I/O, or [Reset]/[Off Reset] key). If STO is
ALARM 58, AMA Internal fault in automatic restart mode, applying 24 V DC to terminals
Contact a Danfoss supplier. 37 and 38 automatically resumes the frequency converter
WARNING 59, Current limit to normal operation.
The current is higher than the value in WARNING/ALARM 69, Power card temperature
parameter 4-18 Current Limit. The cutout temperature of the power card has exceeded
Troubleshooting the upper limit.
• Ensure that motor data in parameters 1-20 to 1-25 Troubleshooting
is set correctly. • Check that the ambient operating temperature is
• Possibly increase the current limit. within limits.

• Be sure that the system can operate safely at a • Check fan operation.
higher limit. • Check the power card.
WARNING 60, External interlock ALARM 80, Drive initialised to default value
A digital input signal indicates a fault condition external to Parameter settings are initialized to default settings after a
the frequency converter. An external interlock has manual reset.
commanded the frequency converter to trip.
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting • To clear the alarm, reset the unit.
• Clear the external fault condition. WARNING 87, Auto DC-Braking
• To resume normal operation, apply 24 V DC to Occurs in IT mains when the frequency converter coasts,
the terminal programmed for external interlock. and the DC voltage is higher than 830 V for 400 V units
• Reset the frequency converter. and 425 V for 200 V units. The motor consumes energy on
the DC link. This function can be enabled/disabled in
WARNING/ALARM 61, Feedback error
parameter 0-07 Auto DC Braking.
An error between calculated speed and speed
measurement from feedback device. ALARM 88, Option detection
A new option configuration has been detected. Set
Troubleshooting
parameter 14-89 Option Detection to [1] Enable Option
• Check the settings for warning/alarm/disabling in Change, and power cycle the frequency converter to
parameter 4-30 Motor Feedback Loss Function.
accept the new configuration.
• Set the tolerable error in parameter 4-31 Motor
Feedback Speed Error.

144 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Troubleshooting Programming Guide

ALARM 95, Broken belt

Torque is below the torque level set for no load, indicating
a broken belt. Parameter 22-60 Broken Belt Function is set
for alarm.
Troubleshooting
• Troubleshoot the system and reset the frequency
converter after clearing the fault.
ALARM 99, Locked rotor
The rotor is blocked. It is only enabled for PM motor
control.
Troubleshooting
• Check if the motor shaft is locked.
• Check if the start current triggers the current limit

•
set in parameter 4-18 Current Limit.
Check if it increases the value in
6 6
parameter 30-23 Locked Rotor Detection Time [s].
ALARM 126, Motor rotating
During AMA start-up, the motor is rotating. It is only valid
for PM motor.
Troubleshooting
• Check if the motor is rotating before starting the
AMA.
WARNING 127, Back EMF too high
This warning applies to PM motors only. When the back
EMF exceeds 90% x Uinvmax (overvoltage threshold) and
does not drop to a normal level within 5 s, this warning is
reported. The warning remains until the back EMF returns
to a normal level.
ALARM 188, STO function fault
24 V DC supply is connected to only 1 of the 2 STO
terminals (37 and 38), or a failure in STO channels is
detected. Make sure that both terminals are connected to
24 V DC supply, and the discrepancy between the signals
at the 2 terminals is less than 12 ms. If the fault still occurs,
contact the local Danfoss supplier.

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 145

Index VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

Index Fuses
Fuse..................................................................................................... 143

A
H
Abbreviations........................................................................................... 3
Hand on.................................................................................................... 21
Alarm log................................................................................................. 20
High voltage........................................................................................... 12
AMA........................................................................................... 6, 141, 144
Analog output.......................................................................................... 6
I
Analog signal....................................................................................... 141
Initialization
Approval and certification................................................................... 4 Manual procedure........................................................................... 22
Auto on..................................................................................................... 21 Procedure............................................................................................ 22
Automatic motor adaptation....................................................... 6, 39 Input signal........................................................................................... 144
Inputs
B Analog input.......................................................................... 5, 6, 141
Digital input.............................................................................. 60, 141
Brake Digital input mode.......................................................................... 60
power...................................................................................................... 6
Intermittent duty cycle......................................................................... 6
resistor.................................................................................................... 6
resistor power limit....................................................................... 142
Break-away torque.................................................................................. 5 J
Broken-belt detection...................................................................... 107 Jog................................................................................................................ 5
Broken-belt torque............................................................................ 107
L
C LCP.................................................................................................. 4, 6, 136
Catch up................................................................................................... 62 Leakage current.................................................................................... 13
Coast............................................................................................................ 4 LED.......................................................................................................... 136
Control Live zero................................................................................................... 70
cable........................................................................................................ 9 Load compensation............................................................................. 37
terminal............................................................................ 21, 136, 139
Load sharing.................................................................................... 12, 93
Control card
Control card..................................................................................... 141 Local control........................................................................................... 21

Current rating...................................................................................... 141 Local reference...................................................................................... 25

D M
DC brake current................................................................................... 49 Main menu....................................................................................... 18, 20

DC brake cut-in speed........................................................................ 49 Main reactance............................................................................... 39, 40

DC braking time.................................................................................... 49 Mains

supply..................................................................................................... 6
Default setting............................................................................. 22, 113 Voltage................................................................................................. 20
Discharge time...................................................................................... 12 Menu key.......................................................................................... 14, 20
Menu structure...................................................................................... 20
E Minimum sleep time......................................................................... 106
EMC......................................................................................................... 142
ETR......................................................................................................... 6, 99

F
Fault
log.......................................................................................................... 20
Fieldbus................................................................................................. 136
Freeze output........................................................................................... 4

146 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Index Programming Guide

Motor
Current................................................................................................. 24 S
Data....................................................................................................... 24
High back EMF................................................................................ 145 Safety........................................................................................................ 13
control principle............................................................................... 37 Serial bus............................................................................................... 136
current................................................................................. 20, 39, 144
Serial communication........................................................................... 5
data.................................................................................... 22, 141, 144
magnetization at 0 speed............................................................. 42 Serial communication
pole....................................................................................................... 41 Serial communication.................................................................... 21
power.......................................................................................... 20, 144 Short circuit.......................................................................................... 142
rotating............................................................................................. 145
speed direction................................................................................. 57 SIL2............................................................................................................... 4
thermal protection............................................................................. 4 SILCL of SIL2.............................................................................................. 4
voltage................................................................................................. 38
Sleep mode.......................................................................................... 105
Sleep speed [Hz]................................................................................. 107
N
Slip compensation.................................................................................. 7
Navigation key................................................................................ 14, 20
Standard and compliance for STO.................................................... 4
Nominal motor speed......................................................................... 39
Start delay............................................................................................... 44
Numeric display.................................................................................... 14
Start/stop................................................................................................... 9

O Start-up.................................................................................................... 22
Stator leakage reactance............................................................ 39, 40
Operating mode................................................................................... 25
Stator resistance.................................................................................... 40
Operation key................................................................................. 14, 20
Supply voltage.................................................................................... 143
Output current.................................................................................... 141
Synchronous motor speed.................................................................. 5
Overheating......................................................................................... 141
Overtemperature............................................................................... 141
T
P Terminal 42
Terminal 42 mode............................................................................ 73
Phase loss.............................................................................................. 141
Terminal 53
Potentiometer reference.................................................................... 11 Terminal 53 filter time constant.................................................. 71
Power cycle............................................................................................... 6 Terminal 53 high voltage.............................................................. 71
Terminal 53 low voltage................................................................ 71
Preset reference.................................................................................... 52
Terminal 54
Programming......................................................................... 20, 21, 141 Terminal 54 filter time constant.................................................. 72
Pulse input.............................................................................................. 69 Terminal 54 high current............................................................... 72
Terminal 54 high voltage.............................................................. 72
Pulse reference......................................................................................... 5
Terminal 54 low current................................................................. 72
Terminal 54 low voltage................................................................ 72
Q Terminal 54 mode............................................................................ 73
Qualified personnel............................................................................. 12 Terminals
Control terminal...................................................................... 21, 139
Quick menu..................................................................................... 16, 20 Input terminal................................................................................. 141
Thermal load................................................................................... 42, 99
R
Thermal protection................................................................................ 4
Rated motor current.............................................................................. 5
Thermistor................................................................................................. 7
Rated motor speed................................................................................. 5
Torque
RCD............................................................................................................... 7 Limit.................................................................................................... 141
Reference................................................................................................. 20 [%].......................................................................................................... 99

Relay configuration.............................................................................. 66 Trip................................................................................................................ 7

Reset......................................................................... 20, 21, 22, 141, 144 Trip condition...................................................................................... 136

Rotor resistance..................................................................................... 40 Trip lock................................................................................................. 136

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 147

Index VLT® Midi Drive FC 280

U
Unintended start........................................................................... 12, 93

V
Voltage imbalance............................................................................. 141
VVC+............................................................................................................ 7

W
Warning and alarm list..................................................................... 139
Warning current high.......................................................................... 59
Warning current low............................................................................ 59

148 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. MG07C402

Index Programming Guide

MG07C402 Danfoss A/S © 02/2019 All rights reserved. 149

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues, brochures and other printed material. Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice. This also applies to
products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specifications already agreed. All trademarks in this material are property
of the respective companies. Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss A/S. All rights reserved.

Danfoss A/S
Ulsnaes 1
DK-6300 Graasten
vlt-drives.danfoss.com

132R0143 MG07C402 02/2019

*MG07C402*